What it gives you: a check on every formula and, often, the shape of a result before any calculation — but never a numerical factor like 2, π or 3/5.
① In words
Every physical quantity carries units (mass, length, time, temperature, …), and an equation can only be true if both sides carry the same ones. That single rule catches most algebra mistakes, and it lets you guess how a quantity must depend on the others when only a few ingredients are involved.
Try it: a star of mass M and radius R can only make a time out of G, M and R in one way. G has units cm³ g⁻¹ s⁻², so GM/R³ has units s⁻² and t ~ (R³/GM)1/2 is the only combination with the units of time. For the Sun that is (7×10¹⁰)³/(6.7×10⁻⁸ × 2×10³³) ≈ 2.6×10⁶ s², whose square root is about 1600 s: the free-fall time of the Sun, to within a factor of order one.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: one declared rule and nothing else — every physical quantity is a number times a product of powers of the base dimensions, and an equation between physical quantities can hold only if both sides carry the same product of powers. The worked examples import the constants listed on this page and the definition of number density from counting particles. Symbols: [X] means "the dimensions of X"; M, L, T, Θ are the base dimensions mass, length, time and temperature (cgs base units g, cm, s, K); μgas is the mean molecular weight, the mass per free particle in units of mu — never the reduced mass μred; C stands for a dimensionless number the method cannot determine.
1. State the rule. The dimension of any quantity is a product of powers of the four base dimensions, with exponents fixed once and for all by the way the quantity is defined. definition
2. Read off the dimensions of the four constants this page uses, straight from their defining equations (F = Gm₁m₂/r², E = kT, a speed, an action). definition
3. Use the rule as a check. Multiply the dimensions on the right of the ideal-gas law P = nkT and compare with force per area; the two agree, so the equation survives the test. identity
4. Use the rule to guess. Write the unknown quantity as a dimensionless number times a product of powers of the ingredients; matching the exponent of each base dimension gives one linear equation per base dimension. definition
5. First example — a time made from G, M and R only. Substitute the dimensions of step 2 and collect the powers of each base dimension. identity
6. Equate the exponent of each base dimension on the two sides: M and L carry exponent zero on the left, T carries exponent one. identity
7. Solve the three equations in order — the last gives a, the first gives b, the second gives c — and put them back into the product. identity
8. Put the Sun's numbers in, with G and M rounded as in "Try it" above. The result is the free-fall time of a collapsing sphere up to the number C, which this method cannot supply. numerical
9. Second example — a temperature made from G, M, R, the mass per particle μgasmu and k. Five ingredients, four base dimensions. identity
10. Write the four exponent equations, one per base dimension. identity
11. Solve the first three in that order: Θ fixes e, T then fixes a, L then fixes c. The fourth equation contains two unknowns and fixes only their sum. identity
12. The method has run out. Two of the ingredients, M and μgasmu, are both masses, so their ratio is dimensionless and may appear to any power. Physics — not dimensions — supplies the missing statement: kT is an energy per particle, so exactly one power of the particle mass enters, d = 1 and therefore b = 1. assumption
13. Put b = d = 1 back into the product. This is the estimate of the central temperature, again up to a number of order one. identity
14. The general statement behind steps 5–13: with n quantities built from k independent base dimensions there are n − k independent dimensionless products, and any physical law is a relation among those products alone (Buckingham's π theorem, 1914). One ingredient beyond the number of base dimensions left one free exponent in step 11; that is the same count. imported
15. Record the two limits this exposes. The dimensionless C — which may be 2, π, 3/5 or ln 2 — is never produced by the method, and whenever a dimensionless ratio can be formed from the ingredients (a mass ratio, ρ/ρ₀) it may enter to any power, so the guess is only as good as the physical argument that excludes it. assumption
Result: dimensional homogeneity checks any equation, and equating exponents fixes the power combination of the ingredients. The exponents are Derived; the constants G, k, c, ħ and the Sun's M and R are Measured; the 1.6×10³ s is Calculated from them. The dimensionless prefactor C is neither — it must come from a full calculation, such as the π/2·(r₀³/2GM)1/2 of the free-fall time.
③ Where it comes from and where to read more
The method is Rayleigh's and Buckingham's (the "π theorem", 1914): with n quantities and k independent units there are n − k independent dimensionless products, and any physical law is a relation among them. The cgs–SI bridge for electromagnetism is the one place where care is needed: in Gaussian units Coulomb's law reads U = Z₁Z₂e²/r with e² = 1.44 MeV fm, while in SI it carries 1/(4πε₀). Both conventions appear on this page and are labelled where they meet (the Coulomb barrier).
Used by: Counting particles: number density, mass fraction and abundance, The size of a nucleus, Central temperature from mass and radius, The working rate formula and its constants, The textbook triple-alpha fit 5.1×10⁸ ρ²Y³T₉⁻³e^(−4.4027/T₉), The Chandrasekhar mass, Peak temperature of a radiation-dominated fireball
Conventions used throughout: Xi is the mass fraction of species i, Ai its mass number, mu the atomic mass unit; ni = ρXi/(Aimu), Yi = ni/(ρNA) ≈ Xi/(AiMu) (moles per gram) with the molar mass constant Mu = NAmu ≈ 1 g mol⁻¹, so that ni = ρNAYi. Charge and nucleon numbers are conserved in every reaction.
① In words
Stellar matter is described by how much of each kind of nucleus it contains. Because a gram of helium holds four times fewer nuclei than a gram of hydrogen, the page keeps two bookkeeping quantities: the mass fraction Xi (what fraction of the mass is species i) and the number per gram Yi = Xi/Ai, which is convenient because reactions count nuclei, not grams.
Try it: solar composition X = 0.70, Y = 0.28. Per gram there are 0.70/(1×mu) = 4.2×10²³ hydrogen nuclei and 0.28/(4mu) = 4.2×10²² helium nuclei: ten times fewer helium nuclei even though they carry 28 % of the mass. At the solar centre (ρ = 150 g cm⁻³) the proton number density is 150 × 4.2×10²³ ≈ 6×10²⁵ cm⁻³.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the definition of a mass fraction, the measured masses of nuclei, and two measured constants — the Avogadro constant NA and the atomic mass constant mu = m(¹²C)/12. Nothing here is approximate except where it is said to be. Symbols: Xi = mass fraction of species i (dimensionless), Ai = its mass number (an integer), Zi = its charge number, ni = number density (cm⁻³), Yi = molar abundance (mol g⁻¹), ρ = mass density (g cm⁻³), Mu = NAmu = the molar mass constant (g mol⁻¹). Y with no index is the helium mass fraction, a different quantity from Yi; X with no index is the hydrogen mass fraction.
1. Define the mass fraction: of every gram of gas, Xi grams are species i. The definition makes the fractions add to one. definition
2. Approximate the mass of one nucleus by its mass number times mu. The error is the mass excess: largest for hydrogen (m(¹H)/mu = 1.00783, 0.78 % high) and below 0.1 % for the nuclei heavier than helium, which is why the exact masses are kept only for energy bookkeeping (Q-values). approximation
3. Count nuclei in a volume V: its mass is ρV, of which XiρV belongs to species i; divide that by the mass of one nucleus and by V. identity
4. Define the molar abundance as the number of nuclei per gram divided by NA — that is, moles of species i per gram of gas. This is the bookkeeping variable of the network equations, because reactions count nuclei, not grams. definition
5. Substitute step 3 into step 4; the density cancels and the product NAmu appears, which is the molar mass constant Mu. identity
6. Put the number in. Before the 2019 revision of the SI, Mu was exactly 1 g mol⁻¹ by the definition of the mole; since 2019 both NA and the kilogram are fixed independently and Mu is a measured quantity that happens to equal 1 g mol⁻¹ to about one part in 10⁹. So "Yi = Xi/Ai moles per gram" is an excellent approximation, not an identity, and it only balances dimensionally when the 1 g mol⁻¹ is written. imported
7. Invert step 4 to get the form used wherever a rate needs a density: multiply both sides by ρNA. identity
8. Sum AiYi over all species, using step 5 and then step 1. The nucleons per gram is a fixed number, whatever the composition. identity
9. Electrons. In a neutral, fully ionised gas each nucleus of charge Zi has released Zi electrons, so the electrons per gram follow the same bookkeeping. definition
10. Evaluate Zi/Ai, the electrons per nucleon, for the three cases that matter: hydrogen, any nucleus with A = 2Z, and iron. This ratio is what makes the electron pressure of a helium or carbon core half that of hydrogen at the same ρ. numerical
11. Conservation. Every reaction conserves the number of nucleons and the total charge; write both balances for the first step of the pp chain. identity
12. A network built only from reactions that balance in this way therefore leaves ΣAiYi unchanged in time — the sum of step 8 is a conserved quantity, which the page checks after every run. identity
13. The numbers of "Try it", re-derived from step 5 and step 7 for the unburnt solar mixture X = 0.70, Y = 0.28, evaluated at the central density ρ = 150 g cm⁻³. The centre itself has burnt down to X ≈ 0.34, so the true central proton density is about half the figure below; the arithmetic is the point here, not the composition. numerical
Result: ni = ρNAYi with Yi = ni/(ρNA) ≈ Xi/(AiMu), and Ye = ΣZiYi. The relations are Derived from the definitions; NA, mu and Mu ≈ 1 g mol⁻¹ are Measured (Mu has been a measured quantity, not a definition, since 2019); the composition Xi and the density ρ are inputs, and every number density on the page is Calculated from them. The only approximation is mi ≈ Aimu of step 2.
③ Applicability
The relations hold for any mixture; the only approximation is mi ≈ Aimu. Where the sub-per-cent mass defect matters — in energy bookkeeping — the page uses the exact mass excesses instead (Q-values).
Builds on: dimensional analysis
Used by: Binding energy, Number density and mean molecular weight, Reaction rate per volume and the mean lifetime, Q-values from masses and binding energies, Energy generation rate per gram, The reaction-network equations, The triple-alpha rate and its 4.4027/T₉, The luminosity constraint on the solar neutrino fluxes
Used for: reaction rates (a probability per unit time), branching ratios (which of several outcomes happens), and averages over a distribution of speeds or energies.
① In words
Nuclear physics is statistical: no one can say when a given pair of protons will fuse, only how likely it is per second. If an event has probability λ per unit time, then in a short time dt the chance is λ dt, the expected number of events in a large sample is N λ dt, and the average waiting time for one particle is 1/λ. When several outcomes compete, the fraction taking route i is its rate divided by the sum of all rates.
Try it: at the solar centre a ³He nucleus meets its fate either with another ³He (rate λ₃₃ per ³He nucleus) or with ⁴He (λ₃₄). If λ₃₃ = 5λ₃₄, the pp-I branch takes 5/6 = 83 % of the ³He and pp-II/III take 17 %: exactly how the
branching ratios are computed.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: three declared rules — a probability is a number between 0 and 1, the probabilities of mutually exclusive outcomes add, and the probability of independent events both happening multiplies. One physical assumption is added in step 1 and used throughout: the chance of an event in the next interval dt is λ dt with λ independent of how long the particle has already waited. Symbols: λ = probability per unit time (s⁻¹), S(t) = probability of surviving to t, p(t) = probability density of the decay time (s⁻¹), τ = mean lifetime (s), f(x) = probability density of a variable x, ⟨…⟩ = average over that density, ⟨σv⟩ = the rate coefficient, cm³ s⁻¹ for two bodies.
1. Assume memorylessness: the probability of an event in [t, t + dt] is λ dt, the same for a fresh particle and for one that has already waited an hour. This is an assumption about the physics, and it is what makes everything below exponential. assumption
2. Survival to t + dt means survival to t and no event in dt; independence lets the two probabilities multiply. definition
3. Subtract S(t) from both sides and divide by dt; the limit dt → 0 is the derivative. identity
4. Solve with S(0) = 1 — the same equation and the same solution as exponential decay, worked line by line there. identity
5. The decay-time density is minus the rate of change of the survival probability: the fraction that goes between t and t + dt. Check that it integrates to one. definition
6. The mean lifetime is the average of t over that density. Integrate by parts with u = t and dv = λe−λtdt, so v = −e−λt. identity
7. The boundary term vanishes at both ends (at t = 0 because of the t, at infinity because the exponential beats the t), and the remaining integral is 1/λ. identity
8. Competing routes. If a nucleus can be destroyed by several independent processes, the chance of something happening in dt is the sum of the chances, so the rates add. definition
9. The probability that route i is the one that happens is the chance of surviving to t times the chance that route i fires in dt, added over all t. identity
10. The answer contains no t: the branching ratio is the same whenever the event happens. Put in the numbers of "Try it", λ₃₃ = 5λ₃₄, which is how the pp branching ratios are formed. numerical
11. Averages over a continuous variable. If f(x)dx is the fraction of the population between x and x + dx, the average of any quantity g is g weighted by that fraction. definition
12. The thermonuclear rate coefficient is exactly this average, with g = σ(E)v and f the Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution of relative energies; the full evaluation is the rate integral. imported
13. Counting events. For N independent particles each with probability q of being counted, the number counted has the Poisson distribution when N is large and q small at fixed mean μ = Nq. imported
14. Its mean: pull one factor of μ out of the sum and shift the index k → k − 1, which restores the same normalised sum. identity
15. The same trick twice gives ⟨k(k − 1)⟩ = μ², and the variance follows. The scatter on a count of N events is therefore √N. identity
16. SN 1987A: about 25 events were expected across the detectors that saw the burst, so the scatter is √25 = 5 and the 24 that were seen agree. That is why a count of 24 carries real information about the burst. numerical
Result: a constant hazard λ gives survival e−λt, mean lifetime 1/λ, branching ratios λi/Σλj, and averages ⟨g⟩ = ∫g f dx; counts fluctuate by √N. All of it is Derived from the three rules of probability plus the memorylessness assumption of step 1. The λ's themselves are Measured (half-lives) or Calculated (n₂⟨σv⟩ from a cross-section); the 24 neutrino events are Measured.
③ Applicability
These are the elementary rules of probability applied to independent events. They break down only when events are correlated (which never matters for nuclei in a gas) or when the rates themselves change during a lifetime — then the survival integral must be done with the time-dependent rate, which is what the network integrator does numerically.
Builds on: integrals
Used by: Exponential decay and mean lifetime, Reaction rate per volume and the mean lifetime, CN-cycle equilibrium abundances and the ¹²C/¹³C ratio, The ⁸Be equilibrium: a Saha equation for nuclei, The ³He steady state and the pp branching ratios
Used for: the enormous range of stellar quantities (10⁻⁵ to 10⁵³), temperature exponents, log-time axes and every "∝ Tν" statement on this page.
① In words
A logarithm turns multiplication into addition and powers into multiplication: log(ab) = log a + log b and log(an) = n log a. That is why a quantity that spans 20 orders of magnitude fits on one axis when plotted logarithmically, and why a straight line on a log–log plot means a power law y ∝ xν whose slope is the exponent ν.
Try it: the main-sequence lifetime goes as M−2.5. Between 1 and 10 M☉, log M changes by 1, so log t changes by −2.5: the lifetime drops by a factor 102.5 ≈ 316, from 10 Gyr to about 30 Myr. On the timeline of section 12 a block twice as wide lasts ten times longer for the same reason.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the exponential function defined by its power series, the binomial theorem for integer exponents (established in derivatives), and the rule that a strictly increasing continuous function has an inverse. Everything else here is derived. Symbols: ln = logarithm to base e, log = log₁₀; ν = the local power-law exponent d ln y/d ln x; C = a constant prefactor; T₆ = T/10⁶ K and T₉ = T/10⁹ K, so that "log T" on the page's axes always means log₁₀ of the temperature in kelvin.
1. Define the exponential by its series. The series converges for every real x, so this is a definition that needs nothing else. definition
2. Multiply two such series and collect all the terms with a total of n factors. The binomial theorem turns that inner sum into (a + b)n, so the product of two exponentials is the exponential of the sum. identity
3. From the series, ex is strictly increasing and takes every positive value exactly once, so it has an inverse on x > 0 — that inverse is the natural logarithm. The domain matters: ln is defined only for positive arguments. definition
4. Products become sums. Write a = eu and b = ev, use step 2, and take the logarithm of both sides. identity
5. Powers become products. Repeating step 4 n times gives the rule for a positive integer n; the same statement for a real exponent ν is taken as the definition of a real power of a positive number, which is how xν acquires a meaning at all. definition
6. Change of base: define the decimal logarithm through the natural one. The factor is a pure number, so a log–log plot and an ln–ln plot have identical slopes. definition
7. A power law becomes a straight line. Take logarithms of y = Cxν using steps 4 and 5. identity
8. The exponent is the slope of that line, so differentiate with respect to ln x; the chain rule turns d/d(ln x) into x d/dx. For a function that is not a pure power law this defines the local exponent at each x. identity
9. Small changes. Multiply both sides of step 8 by the small change in ln x; since d ln y = dy/y, the exponent converts a fractional change in x into a fractional change in y. identity
10. Put the page's numbers in. The temperature exponent is ν ≈ 4 for the pp chain and ν ≈ 18 for CNO at the solar centre, so a 1 % rise in T changes the two rates by 4 % and 18 % — the origin of the CNO thermostat. numerical
11. The same relation read on a log axis. Over one decade of mass, log M changes by 1; with the main-sequence lifetime going as M−2.5, log t changes by −2.5. numerical
12. Long products. Repeating step 4 turns a product of many factors into a sum of logarithms; this is how the page follows an r-process chain whose factors run from 10¹⁰ to 10⁻¹⁰ without any single number overflowing. identity
13. One warning, derived rather than asserted: for a sum of two power laws the local exponent is the weighted mean of the two exponents, with the terms themselves as weights — not the sum of them, and not a constant. identity
Result: ln(ab) = ln a + ln b, ln(aν) = ν ln a, ν = d ln y/d ln x, Δy/y ≈ νΔx/x, and for a sum of power laws the weighted-mean rule of step 13. All Derived from the series definition of step 1. The exponents quoted (−2.5 for the lifetime, 4 and 18 for the rates) are Calculated by the page from its own rate functions, not fitted here.
③ Applicability
Exact identities of algebra; the only subtlety is that log-derivatives of sums are not sums of log-derivatives, which is why ν for a rate with two terms (resonant plus non-resonant) must be evaluated numerically, as the tables in section 4 do.
Builds on: derivatives
Used by: Local power-law exponent (logarithmic slope)
Used for: the structure equations (dP/dr, dm/dr), locating the Gamow peak (a maximum), and every "small change" argument.
① In words
The derivative dy/dx is the rate at which y changes with x — the slope of the graph. Three uses recur on this page: (i) a physical law stated as a rate, such as "the pressure drops with height at a rate set by gravity"; (ii) finding where a function is largest, which is where its slope is zero; (iii) approximating a small change by Δy ≈ (dy/dx)Δx.
Try it: the exponent of the rate integrand, f(E) = −E/kT − √(E_G/E), has slope f′ = −1/kT + ½√E_G E−3/2. Setting it to zero gives E0 = (½√E_G kT)2/3: for p + p at 15.7 MK (E_G = 493 keV, kT = 1.35 keV) that is (0.5 × 22.2 × 1.35)2/3 keV ≈ 6.1 keV — the Gamow peak energy printed in section 4.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: three declared foundations — the derivative as the limit of a difference quotient; the binomial theorem (x + h)n for integer n ≥ 0; and the series definition of ex. Nothing is assumed about derivatives of powers or exponentials: they are worked out below, in that order, because each uses the one before it. Symbols: f′ = df/dx; h = the increment that goes to zero; n = an integer exponent, ν = a real one; E = centre-of-mass energy (keV), EG = the Gamow energy (keV), kT = 0.0861733 T₆ keV; μred would be the reduced mass, which does not appear in this entry.
1. Define the derivative as the limit of the difference quotient, where that limit exists. Every rule below is obtained by evaluating this one expression. definition
2. Import the binomial theorem for a non-negative integer n — a statement of algebra, proved by induction, with no calculus in it. imported
3. Put f = xn into step 1 and subtract; the leading xn cancels exactly. identity
4. Divide by h. Every remaining term except the first still carries at least one factor h, so it vanishes in the limit. identity
5. So the power rule holds for every integer n ≥ 0 and every real x. That is the whole of its domain so far — negative and fractional exponents are not yet covered. identity
6. Product rule, from step 1 alone: add and subtract f(x + h)g(x), then let h → 0 in each piece. identity
7. Chain rule, the same way: multiply and divide by the change in u, and let h → 0 so that both quotients become derivatives. identity
8. Extend the power rule to negative integers without any new limit: differentiate the identity xnx−n = 1 with the product rule and solve for the unknown derivative. The domain shrinks to x ≠ 0. identity
9. Now the exponential. Its derivative needs one limit, and that limit must come from the series of the start line — never from the derivative being derived. Subtract 1 from the series and divide by h. identity
10. Bound everything after the 1: each term is smaller than the corresponding term of |h|e|h|/2, so the whole tail vanishes with h. The limit is exactly 1. identity
11. Put f = ex into step 1 and factor ex out, using ex+h = exeh from the series. The bracket is the limit just proved. identity
12. With u = kx the chain rule gives the form used in every decay and Boltzmann factor on the page. identity
13. The logarithm, by the inverse-function rule. Write x = ey, differentiate with respect to y, and invert the slope. The domain is x > 0, because that is where ln is defined. identity
14. Only now can a real exponent be handled. Define xν = eν ln x for x > 0 (logarithms) and differentiate with steps 12 and 13. The rule looks the same as step 5 but its domain is different: positive x only. identity
15. Maxima. At an interior maximum the slope is zero and the curvature negative; the curvature also says how sharp the peak is. definition
16. Apply this to the exponent of the rate integrand, which is where the Gamow peak comes from. Differentiate term by term with step 14, using ν = −1/2 on the second term (E > 0, so the domain is satisfied). identity
17. Set the slope to zero and solve for E: multiply through by E3/2kT and raise both sides to the power 2/3. identity
18. Differentiate once more, then eliminate EG with the relation EG1/2 = 2E₀3/2/kT that step 17 just established. The curvature at the peak depends only on E₀ and kT. identity
19. The number of "Try it": p + p at 15.7 MK, where EG = 493 keV and kT = 1.35 keV. numerical
20. Small changes. Keeping one term of the difference quotient turns the derivative into a linear estimate, with an error of order (Δx)² set by the second derivative. Applied to a rate ∝ Tν it gives Δr/r ≈ νΔT/T; applied to a thin shell of a star it is what lets the density be treated as constant across it. approximation
21. Differential equations. A law written as a derivative, such as hydrostatic equilibrium, prescribes the slope of the unknown function everywhere; solving it means finding the function with that slope and the right boundary value, which is what the Lane–Emden integration of section 3 does. definition
Result: from one limit and the binomial theorem come d(xn)/dx = nxn−1 (integer n, then real ν > 0 through the logarithm), d(ekx)/dx = kekx, d(ln x)/dx = 1/x on x > 0, the product and chain rules, and the two conditions for a maximum. All Derived. The application to the Gamow exponent yields E₀ = (½EG1/2kT)2/3 and f″(E₀) = −3/(2E₀kT), both Derived; the 6.1 keV is Calculated from the Measured proton mass and charge through EG.
③ Applicability
All the functions on this page are smooth where derivatives are taken; the one place where care is needed is the presupernova structure, where composition jumps produce discontinuities in ρ and the page interpolates linearly across them.
Used by: Logarithms, powers and log–log slopes, Approximations: Taylor expansion, saddle points and orders of magnitude, Hydrostatic equilibrium and mass continuity, Local power-law exponent (logarithmic slope), The Gamow peak and the saddle-point rate, The reaction-network equations, Why the network uses the backward Euler method
Used for: the mass and energy of a star built from shells, averages over distributions, and the light curve as a sum of contributions from earlier times.
① In words
An integral is a sum of very many small pieces: the mass of a star is the sum of the masses of its thin shells, ∫4πr²ρ dr; the luminosity is the sum of the energy released in each gram, ∫ε dm; a rate averaged over speeds is the sum of (rate at each speed) × (fraction of particles at that speed).
Try it: a uniform sphere of density ρ has m(r) = ∫₀ʳ 4πr′²ρ dr′ = (4π/3)ρr³. Its gravitational binding energy is the work to assemble it shell by shell, −∫₀ᴹ Gm dm/r; with m ∝ r³ this gives −(3/5)GM²/R, the "3/5" quoted in section 3 and the "0.6 GM²/R" of the neutron-star energy budget in section 11.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the integral defined as the limit of a sum of rectangles, the fundamental theorem that links it to differentiation, and the derivative rules established in derivatives. Every standard integral the page uses is then worked out here rather than quoted. Symbols: C = the arbitrary constant of an indefinite integral; a > 0 is a decay or Gaussian constant; r, m, ρ, M, R are radius, enclosed mass, density, total mass and total radius; Ω = gravitational binding energy (erg, negative); t′ = a time earlier than t; μred does not appear here.
1. Define the definite integral as the limit of a Riemann sum: cut [a, b] into pieces, take the value of f somewhere in each piece, multiply by the width and add. definition
2. The fundamental theorem. Adding one more sliver of width h to the upper limit adds f(x)h, so the area function has slope f; running the argument backwards evaluates any integral from any antiderivative. identity
3. Powers. Reverse the power rule: the function whose derivative is xn is xn+1/(n + 1), plus any constant, since a constant has zero slope. The division forbids n = −1. identity
4. The excluded case. For n = −1 the antiderivative is the logarithm instead, taken of the absolute value so that the rule also covers x < 0; the interval of integration must not contain 0. identity
5. Exponentials, by reversing d(e−ax)/dx = −ae−ax. With a > 0 the value at infinity is zero, which makes the definite integral over the whole positive axis simply 1/a. identity
6. Integration by parts is the product rule read backwards: integrate (uv)′ = u′v + uv′ across the interval and move one term to the other side. identity
7. Worked example of step 6, the integral that gives a mean lifetime: take u = x and dv = e−x/bdx, so v = −be−x/b. The boundary term vanishes at both ends. identity
8. The Gaussian integral has no antiderivative in elementary functions, so square it instead and read the result as an integral over the plane. identity
9. Change to polar coordinates, x = r cos θ, y = r sin θ, where the area element is r dr dθ and the exponent depends only on r. The extra factor r is exactly what makes the radial integral elementary. identity
10. Take the positive square root (the integrand is positive), and halve it for the half-line by symmetry. identity
11. The second Gaussian moment, needed to normalise the Maxwell distribution, follows by differentiating step 10 with respect to the parameter a — differentiating under the integral sign brings down exactly the factor −x². identity
12. Substitution. With x = u² (so dx = 2u du and √x = u for u ≥ 0) the half-power integral turns into the one just evaluated at a = 1. identity
13. Adding up shells. The mass inside radius r is the sum of spherical shells of volume 4πr′²dr′; for constant density the integral is elementary by step 3. identity
14. Assembling the same sphere against gravity. Bringing the shell dm = 4πρr²dr from infinity onto the mass m already in place costs −Gm dm/r (Newton); substitute both m and dm from step 13. identity
15. Do the remaining integral with step 3 and then replace ρ by 3M/4πR³ so that the answer is written with the star's mass and radius. identity
16. That 3/5 is the number quoted in section 3, and the "0.6 GM²/R" of the neutron-star energy budget in section 11 is the same coefficient written as a decimal; a centrally condensed star has a larger coefficient, which is why the relativistic binding energy is taken from a fit rather than from this formula. numerical
17. Convolution in time. The Arnett light curve adds the heat released at every earlier time t′, weighted by how much of it has diffused out by t. definition
18. This is one of the two integrals on the page that are actually evaluated by quadrature (the other is the spectrum average of the inverse-beta-decay cross-section in section 11b, a midpoint sum with 0.02 MeV steps). SN.lightCurve applies the midpoint rule of step 1 with m = 300 equal pieces: the integrand is taken at the centre of each piece, multiplied by the width h = t/m and added. The rate integral of section 4 is not integrated numerically — see the result line. numerical
Result: ∫xⁿdx = xn+1/(n + 1) + C for n ≠ −1 with ∫dx/x = ln|x| + C; ∫₀∞e−axdx = 1/a; ∫₀∞xe−x/bdx = b²; the Gaussian (π/a)1/2 and its second moment (π/a)1/2/4a; ∫₀∞√x e−xdx = √π/2; and the assembly energy −(3/5)GM²/R. All Derived. The quadratures in the code are the m = 300 midpoint sum of step 18 and the 0.02 MeV midpoint sum over the neutrino spectrum in the inverse-beta-decay count, whose results are Calculated; the Gamow-peak rate integral is not evaluated by quadrature anywhere on this page — P.rateSF uses the analytic saddle-point expression of the numerical rate formula.
③ Applicability
Numerical integration with a fixed number of pieces is accurate when the integrand is smooth; the Gamow-peak integrand is sharply peaked, and the page does not integrate it numerically at all — the rate function P.rateSF evaluates the saddle-point (Seff) expression analytically and adds measured resonant terms for ¹²C(p,γ) and ¹⁴N(p,γ). The quadratures in the code are the midpoint sums for the Arnett light curve and for the neutrino-spectrum average of the inverse-beta-decay entry.
Used by: Probability, averages and rates, Distributions: Maxwell–Boltzmann, Gaussian and Fermi–Dirac, Approximations: Taylor expansion, saddle points and orders of magnitude, The Maxwell–Boltzmann energy distribution, The virial theorem and the negative heat capacity of stars, The energy equation: luminosity is an integral over the star, The Gamow factor, The thermonuclear rate integral, The radioactive tail: ⁵⁶Ni → ⁵⁶Co → ⁵⁶Fe and γ-ray trapping, The classical s-process: σN along an exponential exposure distribution, The free-fall time
Used for: the energies of colliding nuclei (Maxwell–Boltzmann), the shape of the Gamow peak (Gaussian), the pressure of degenerate electrons and the neutrino spectrum (Fermi–Dirac).
① In words
A distribution f(x) tells you what fraction of a population lies between x and x + dx: it is f(x)dx, and the fractions add up to one. Three shapes do almost all the work in stellar physics: the Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution of energies in a hot gas (few particles far above the average, exponentially few); the Gaussian bell curve, which describes any narrow peak; and the Fermi–Dirac distribution for particles that obey the exclusion principle.
Try it: in a Maxwell–Boltzmann gas the fraction of particles with energy above E is roughly e−E/kT for E ≫ kT. At the solar centre kT = 1.35 keV; the fraction above 6 keV (the Gamow peak) is about e−4.5 ≈ 1 %, the fraction above 100 keV about e−74 ≈ 10⁻³²: fusion runs on the rare energetic tail, but not on the impossibly rare one.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: two imported results, each derived in its own entry — the Boltzmann factor e−E/kT for the probability of a state, and state counting, which says how many states lie in d³p — together with the Gaussian integrals of integrals. The gas is assumed to consist of independent, non-relativistic particles at one temperature with no bulk drift. Symbols: m = the mass of the particle whose distribution is being written (for a colliding pair it is replaced by the reduced mass μred = m₁m₂/(m₁ + m₂), done in the Maxwell–Boltzmann entry); μchem = chemical potential, never a mass or a mean molecular weight; σ = the width of a Gaussian; T here is a temperature in kelvin except in the neutrino spectrum, where the page follows the convention of quoting T in MeV.
1. Define what a distribution is: a non-negative density whose integral is one, so that f(x)dx is the fraction of the population between x and x + dx. definition
2. Import the Boltzmann factor: in equilibrium at temperature T the probability of a single-particle state of energy E is proportional to e−E/kT. imported
3. Import the state count: per unit volume, the number of momentum states in d³p is d³p/h³ per spin orientation, and for an isotropic distribution the shell between p and p + dp has d³p = 4πp²dp. imported
4. For a non-relativistic particle p = mv and E = p²/2m, so the momentum-space shell becomes a speed shell; the factor m³ is a constant and will be absorbed into the normalisation. identity
5. Multiply the number of states by the probability of each: this is the Maxwell speed distribution up to a constant. identity
6. Fix A by demanding that the fractions add to one, using the second Gaussian moment with a = m/2kT. identity
7. Write the same constant in the familiar grouped form by moving a π into the bracket: 4π−1/2(m/2kT)3/2 = 4π(m/2πkT)3/2. This is the Maxwell speed distribution. identity
8. Change the variable to energy. From E = ½mv² comes v = (2E/m)1/2, and differentiating gives dv; multiply the two to get the combination that appears in step 7. identity
9. Substitute. Every power of m cancels between the prefactor and the substitution — the energy distribution does not know the mass of the particle. identity
10. Combine the constants once, explicitly: 4π√2/(2π)3/2 = 17.7715/15.7496 = 2/√π. identity
11. Check the normalisation with the substitution E = kTx, which removes every kT: the remaining integral is the one evaluated in integrals. identity
12. The mean energy, by the same substitution with one more power of x. The integral ∫₀∞x3/2e−xdx = 3√π/4 follows from step 12 of integrals by one more integration by parts. identity
13. For a colliding pair the same steps run with the relative velocity and the reduced mass μred in place of m, because the centre-of-mass motion separates out; that separation is carried out in the Maxwell–Boltzmann entry and used by the rate integral. imported
14. The Gaussian, derived rather than postulated: near a smooth maximum the logarithm of any positive function is a downward parabola, because the linear term vanishes there. approximation
15. Read off the width and normalise with the Gaussian integral of integrals. identity
16. Apply it to the rate integrand, whose exponent has curvature f″(E₀) = −3/(2E₀kT) from derivatives. Setting the exponent to −1 gives the half-width, and twice that is the full width at 1/e of the maximum. identity
17. Fermi–Dirac. The exclusion principle (Pauli) allows a state to hold zero or one fermion, and the equilibrium occupation of a state of energy E is then the following function of E and the chemical potential. imported
18. Two limits, read straight off that formula. Far below a large μchem the exponent is large and negative and the occupation is 1; far above it the 1 in the denominator is negligible and the Boltzmann factor returns. identity
19. The supernova neutrino spectrum uses μchem = 0, where the number of particles per unit energy is the state density E² times the occupation. definition
20. Its mean energy is the ratio of two standard integrals, both imported (they are the Riemann-zeta values of the Fermi integrals): ∫₀∞x³/(ex + 1)dx = 7π⁴/120 and ∫₀∞x²/(ex + 1)dx = (3/2)ζ(3). imported
21. Substitute E = Tx in both integrals; every T cancels except one overall factor, and the two numbers divide to give the coefficient the page checks numerically. identity
22. The numbers of "Try it": at the solar centre kT = 1.35 keV, so the Boltzmann tail above the Gamow peak at 6 keV is of order 1 % and the tail above 100 keV is utterly negligible. Fusion runs on the rare tail, not the impossible one. numerical
Result: the Maxwell speed distribution 4π(m/2πkT)3/2v²e−mv²/2kT, its energy form (2/√π)(kT)−3/2√E e−E/kT with ⟨E⟩ = (3/2)kT, the Gaussian as the second-order expansion of any smooth peak with the Gamow width Δ = 4(E₀kT/3)1/2, and the Fermi–Dirac occupation with ⟨E⟩ = 3.1514 T at zero chemical potential. All Derived from the Boltzmann factor and state counting, except the two Fermi integrals of step 20, which are Imported standard values; the 3.1514 is Calculated from them and re-checked numerically by the page.
③ Where they come from
All three follow from statistical mechanics: maximise the number of ways of distributing particles over states at fixed energy. Distinguishable classical particles give Maxwell–Boltzmann; fermions give Fermi–Dirac; bosons (photons) give Planck's law and Bose–Einstein. The Gaussian is not a law of nature but a theorem about sums of many small random effects (the central limit theorem) and about peaks (Laplace's method).
Builds on: the Boltzmann factor, counting quantum states, integrals
Used by: The ideal gas law, The Gamow peak and the saddle-point rate, Inverse beta decay: counting supernova neutrinos, The classical s-process: σN along an exponential exposure distribution
Used for: the Gamow peak (saddle point), the S-factor expansion (Taylor series), the weak-screening formula (small-argument expansion) and every "≈" on this page.
① In words
Physics is full of controlled approximations: replace a complicated function by the first terms of its Taylor series near a point; replace a sharply peaked integrand by a Gaussian; keep only the largest term of a sum. Each approximation comes with a condition that says when it is good, and the page prints those conditions beside the results.
Try it: ex ≈ 1 + x for small x. The screening factor f = eH with H = 0.05 at the solar centre is therefore f ≈ 1.05: a 5 % boost. When H approaches 1 the expansion — and the whole weak-screening theory behind it — stops being valid, which is why the page only applies it where H < 0.3.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the derivative rules of derivatives, the Gaussian integral of integrals, and Taylor's theorem with the Lagrange form of the remainder, which is imported as a theorem of analysis. Symbols: a = the point the expansion is about; ξ = an unknown point between a and x in the remainder; E = centre-of-mass energy, E₀ = the Gamow-peak energy, kT in the same units; τ = 3E₀/kT is the Gamow exponent, a pure number, not a lifetime; H = the weak-screening exponent; Δ = the 1/e full width of the Gamow peak.
1. Taylor's theorem: a function with n + 1 derivatives equals its polynomial of degree n plus a remainder that is the next term with the derivative evaluated somewhere in between. imported
2. So the error after n terms is of the size of the first omitted term: the expansion is useful exactly when (x − a) is small compared with the scale on which the derivatives stop growing. identity
3. The commonest case on this page, one term of the exponential, with its error term shown. approximation
4. The screening factor of section 4 is this expansion. At the solar centre H = 0.05, so the neglected term is 0.05²/2 = 1.3×10⁻³, an error of 0.1 % on f; by H = 0.3 the neglected term is 0.045 and the error on f is 3.7 %, and by H = 1 the expansion — and the weak-screening theory behind it — has failed. That is why the page applies it only where H < 0.3. numerical
5. Laplace's method. Take an integral whose integrand is an exponential with a single sharp interior maximum; the conditions are that the first derivative vanish there and the second be negative. definition
6. Expand the exponent — not the integrand — to second order about E₀. The linear term is absent because g′(E₀) = 0. approximation
7. Substitute, take the constant eg(E₀) outside, and extend the limits to ±∞: the added region is where the Gaussian is already negligible, so the error is exponentially small. approximation
8. Evaluate that Gaussian with a = |g″(E₀)|/2. This is the saddle-point formula. identity
9. Apply it to the rate integrand, g(E) = −E/kT − (EG/E)1/2. The peak position E₀ = (½EG1/2kT)2/3 and the curvature −3/(2E₀kT) are imported from derivatives; substituting EG1/2 = 2E₀3/2/kT into g(E₀) collapses both terms onto E₀/kT. identity
10. Put the curvature into step 8 and write the answer with the peak width Δ = 4(E₀kT/3)1/2 of distributions: the sharply peaked integral is the peak height times an effective width √π Δ/2. This is the Gamow-peak formula. identity
11. The approximation is controlled by how many widths fit under the peak, which is measured by τ: the relative error of step 8 is of order 1/τ (Clayton 1983, ch. 4), and the first correction beyond it is what the Seff expression of the effective S-factor carries. imported
12. Dominant balance. Where two terms with different temperature dependence add, one wins on each side of the crossover, and the crossover is found by setting them equal and taking logarithms. identity
13. Orders of magnitude. Keeping only the power of ten is the first move of any estimate — the collapse releases 10⁵³ erg in neutrinos against 10⁴⁹ erg of light — and the prefactor is refined afterwards only where the physics allows it. assumption
Result: Taylor's theorem with a remainder that bounds the error; ex ≈ 1 + x with its 0.1 % error at H = 0.05; Laplace's method I ≈ eg(E₀)(2π/(−g″))1/2, which for the rate integrand gives e−τ√π Δ/2 with τ = 3E₀/kT; and the crossover rule. All Derived except Taylor's theorem and the O(1/τ) error estimate, which are Imported. The Seff correction coefficients are Measured or fitted quantities quoted from the literature, not obtained here.
③ Applicability
The saddle-point formula for the rate integral has a relative error of order 1/τ (Clayton 1983, ch. 4); the first-order correction terms are what the Seff expression carries. Where τ is small (very high temperatures) that error grows, and the saddle-point form becomes unreliable; the page does not switch to numerical integration — P.rateSF always evaluates the Seff expression, with measured resonance terms added separately where they matter.
Builds on: derivatives, integrals
Used by: The Gamow peak and the saddle-point rate, The effective S-factor: finite-width and slope corrections
Applicability: speeds far below c and gravitational fields far weaker than at a black hole's horizon — true everywhere in a normal star; a neutron star (β = GM/Rc² ≈ 0.17) needs general relativity for precise work.
① In words
A body accelerates in proportion to the net force on it; gravity pulls two masses together with a force that falls as the inverse square of their separation. Applied to a thin shell of a star, "net force = mass × acceleration" with zero acceleration is the statement that gravity and the pressure difference across the shell balance: hydrostatic equilibrium.
Try it: the gravitational acceleration at the Sun's surface is GM/R² = 6.674×10⁻⁸ × 1.989×10³³ / (6.957×10¹⁰)² ≈ 2.7×10⁴ cm s⁻² — 28 times Earth's. A pressure gradient of ρ g ≈ 10⁻⁷ g cm⁻³ × 2.7×10⁴ ≈ 3×10⁻³ dyn cm⁻² per cm holds the photosphere up.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: Newton's laws and the inverse-square law of gravitation, which are principles: they are not derived here, they are stated, and everything below is a consequence of them. The shell theorem is imported as a theorem of the same work. Symbols: m(r) = mass inside radius r (g), g(r) = gravitational acceleration (cm s⁻²), Ω = total gravitational binding energy (erg, negative), r₀ = the radius a shell starts falling from, θ = the substitution angle of step 10, μ does not appear. Masses m₁, m₂ are point masses; M and R belong to the whole star.
1. State the two principles. In an inertial frame the acceleration of a body is its net force divided by its mass; and any two masses attract along the line joining them with a force falling as the inverse square of the separation, with G measured. assumption
2. Import the shell theorem (Newton 1687, Principia I, Props. LXX–LXXI): a spherically symmetric shell attracts an outside body as if its whole mass sat at the centre, and exerts no net force at all on a body inside it. Both follow from the inverse square by integrating over the shell. imported
3. Apply it inside a star. At radius r the shells outside pull with zero net force and the mass inside acts as a point at the centre, so only m(r) matters. identity
4. Potential energy. Define it as minus the work done by gravity in bringing a mass in from infinity, with the zero at infinite separation; the radial force on the incoming body is −Gm₁m₂/r′². definition
5. Evaluate the integral with the power rule of integrals, n = −2. identity
6. Assemble a star. Adding a shell dm at radius r on top of the mass m already inside costs the energy of step 5 with m₁ = m and m₂ = dm; summing over all shells gives the total. This is the Ω of the virial theorem, evaluated for a uniform sphere in integrals. identity
7. Hydrostatic equilibrium. Take a shell of area A, thickness dr and mass ρA dr, and write F = ma with a = 0: the pressure difference across it must carry the weight. identity
8. Divide by A dr and use P(r + dr) − P(r) = (dP/dr)dr. This is the hydrostatic equation, and it is nothing but Newton's second law with zero acceleration. identity
9. The number of "Try it": surface gravity of the Sun, from step 3 with m(R) = M. numerical
10. Free fall. A shell released from rest at r₀ and falling towards a fixed interior mass M conserves energy, so its speed at r follows from step 5 with the kinetic term. identity
11. Separate the variables and integrate from r₀ down to 0 to get the fall time. identity
12. Substitute r = r₀ sin²θ, so that dr = 2r₀ sin θ cos θ dθ and the bracket becomes (2GM/r₀)1/2cos θ/sin θ; the limits r = 0 and r = r₀ become θ = 0 and θ = π/2. Everything cancels except sin²θ. identity
13. The remaining integral is π/4, giving the free-fall time used for a collapsing core in its own entry; with M = (4π/3)ρr₀³ it depends on the density alone. identity
14. Where this stops being true: general relativity corrects the force law at relative order GM/rc², which is 2×10⁻⁶ for the Sun but 0.17 for a neutron star. The page therefore takes neutron-star binding energies from a relativistic fit instead of from step 6. assumption
Result: from F = ma and the inverse-square law come g = Gm(r)/r², U = −Gm₁m₂/r, Ω = −∫Gm dm/r, the hydrostatic equation dP/dr = −Gmρ/r², and the free-fall time (3π/32Gρ)1/2. The two laws are Principles and G is Measured; everything after step 2 is Derived; the 2.7×10⁴ cm s⁻² is Calculated from the measured M☉ and R☉.
③ Source and limits
Newton, Principia (1687). General relativity corrects the force law at order GM/rc²: negligible for ordinary stars (2×10⁻⁶ for the Sun), a few per cent for white dwarfs' innermost structure, essential for neutron stars and the collapse itself — which is why the page reports neutron-star masses through the relativistic binding correction of Lattimer & Prakash rather than computing them from Newtonian energies.
Used by: The ideal gas law, Hydrostatic equilibrium and mass continuity, The virial theorem and the negative heat capacity of stars, The free-fall time, Gravitational versus baryonic mass of a neutron star
Applicability: exact in every process on this page once mass is counted as energy (E = mc²) and neutrinos are counted as carrying energy away.
① In words
Energy is never created or destroyed, only converted: nuclear binding energy into kinetic energy of the products, kinetic energy into heat, heat into light. Every energy budget on this page — the Q-value of a reaction, the energy per gram of a fuel, the luminosity of a star, the neutrino burst of a collapse — is an application of this single rule.
Try it: four protons (4 × 938.27 MeV) become one ⁴He nucleus (3727.38 MeV) plus two positrons (2 × 0.511 MeV) and two neutrinos. The rest-mass energy that disappeared, 4 × 938.27 − 3727.38 − 1.02 = 24.7 MeV, has not vanished: it is carried off as kinetic energy of the products and the neutrinos. Counting the annihilation of the two positrons with two electrons adds 2.04 MeV, giving the 26.7 MeV per ⁴He of the pp chain.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: conservation of energy as a principle, together with mass–energy equivalence, which is what lets rest mass enter the same ledger as kinetic energy and radiation. Symbols: Q = the total energy released by a reaction (the rest-mass difference, MeV); Qν = the share carried off by neutrinos; Qdep = Q − Qν, the part deposited in the gas; K = kinetic energy; ε = energy generated per gram per second (erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹); εν = the neutrino part of it; L = luminosity (erg s⁻¹); Ω = gravitational binding energy.
1. State the principle: for an isolated system the total energy — rest, kinetic, radiative, gravitational — does not change. (Its deeper origin is Noether's theorem: energy is conserved because the laws do not change with time.) assumption
2. Write the ledger for a reaction a + b → c + d, counting rest masses as energy. Nothing is assumed about the mechanism. definition
3. Move the rest energies to one side: the kinetic energy gained is the rest mass lost. That difference is the Q-value. identity
4. The numbers of "Try it", for four protons becoming one ⁴He nucleus plus two positrons and two neutrinos. The rest-mass energy that disappears is the kinetic energy that appears. numerical
5. The two positrons then annihilate with two of the star's electrons, adding four electron rest masses in all to the energy that stays in the gas; this is the 26.73 MeV per helium nucleus quoted for the pp chain. The bookkeeping is done once and for all with atomic masses in Q-values. identity
6. Split the ledger where the neutrinos leave. A neutrino escapes the star without interacting, so its share never becomes heat; only the rest is available to the gas. definition
7. Per gram and per second, multiply by the number of reactions: this is the ε of the energy-generation rate, and the neutrino part is subtracted the same way. definition
8. For a star in steady state nothing accumulates, so the energy crossing every sphere equals everything generated inside it minus what the neutrinos removed. This is the energy equation. identity
9. Integrate over a lifetime instead of over a mass: the total energy radiated is the fuel burned times the energy released per gram, which is where the main-sequence lifetime comes from. identity
10. Gravity is in the same ledger. A contracting star releases −ΔΩ; the virial theorem says exactly half of it goes into heating the gas and half is radiated away. identity
11. That is the Kelvin–Helmholtz mechanism. It gives the Sun only tens of millions of years, which is far short of the age of the Earth — the nineteenth-century contradiction that forced the search for nuclear energy. numerical
12. The page checks the whole ledger numerically: the energy deposited plus the energy carried off by neutrinos, accumulated over a network run, is compared with the rest-mass lost by the composition. Agreement to one part in 10³ is the closure test. numerical
Result: the single ledger (ma + mb)c² + Kin = (mc + md)c² + Kout gives Q, and its per-gram form gives dL/dm = ε − εν. Conservation of energy is a Principle; the masses are Measured (AME2020); Q = 26.73 MeV and every ε on the page are Calculated from them, and the split between Qdep and Qν uses Measured mean neutrino energies.
③ Source
Mayer, Joule and Helmholtz (1840s) for the general principle; its nuclear form follows from special relativity (E = mc²). The energy-closure test of section 7 is a direct numerical check that the network respects it to one part in a thousand.
Builds on: mass–energy equivalence
Used by: The energy equation: luminosity is an integral over the star, The free-fall time, The plateau of a hydrogen-rich supernova (Popov scaling)
Applicability: particles that interact only through brief collisions and are far apart compared with their quantum wavelength. Holds for ions throughout normal stars; fails for electrons when they become degenerate (white dwarfs, presupernova cores) and for photons (radiation pressure).
① In words
The pressure of a gas is the momentum its particles deliver to a wall per second per unit area. More particles per volume (n), or faster particles (higher T), means more pressure; the constant k converts temperature into energy units. Notice what is absent: the mass of the particles. A gas of protons and a gas of electrons at the same n and T push equally hard, which is why μ, the mass per particle, enters the stellar version P = ρkT/(μmu).
Try it: at the solar centre n ≈ 1×10²⁶ particles cm⁻³ (ions and electrons together) and T = 1.57×10⁷ K, so P ≈ 10²⁶ × 1.38×10⁻¹⁶ × 1.57×10⁷ ≈ 2×10¹⁷ dyn cm⁻² — two hundred billion atmospheres, and within a factor of order one of the detailed solar-model value.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: Newton's laws for the collisions with the wall, and the mean energy ⟨E⟩ = (3/2)kT of a Maxwell–Boltzmann gas derived in distributions. The gas is assumed dilute — the particles interact only during brief collisions, and they are far apart compared with their quantum wavelength. Symbols: n = total number density of free particles (cm⁻³), p = momentum, v = velocity, P = pressure (dyn cm⁻² = erg cm⁻³), u = energy density; μgas = the mean molecular weight, the mass per free particle in units of mu — this is the μ written bare in tier ① and in P = ρkT/μgasmu, and it is not the reduced mass μred or a chemical potential.
1. Assume the gas is dilute, isotropic and stationary: no preferred direction, no bulk flow, no interaction energy between particles. Nothing else about the particles is used, which is why the result will hold for classical, degenerate and relativistic gases alike. assumption
2. Define pressure mechanically: the normal momentum delivered to a wall per unit area per unit time. definition
3. One particle reflecting elastically off the wall reverses the normal component of its momentum, delivering twice it. identity
4. Count the arrivals. In time dt the particles with velocity component vx > 0 that reach area A are exactly those within a slab of thickness vxdt, so their number is the density in that velocity class times the slab volume. identity
5. Multiply steps 3 and 4, divide by A dt, and integrate over the half of velocity space moving towards the wall. identity
6. The integrand pxvx is even in vx and the distribution is symmetric, so the half-space integral is half the whole one and the factor 2 disappears. identity
7. Isotropy makes the three Cartesian averages equal, and they add to the average of the scalar product. identity
8. That is the general result, and every gas on this page is a special case of it, differing only in what p·v is and in what fixes the average. identity
9. Classical, non-relativistic particles: p = mv, so p·v = mv² = 2E. identity
10. Import the Maxwell–Boltzmann mean energy from distributions, ⟨E⟩ = (3/2)kT, which is where the temperature enters at all. imported
11. Substitute; the 2/3 and the 3/2 cancel exactly and the mass has already dropped out at step 9 — which is why a gas of protons and a gas of electrons at the same n and T push equally hard. identity
12. Rewrite with the density instead of the number density: n counts all free particles, ions and electrons together, and ρ/n is the mean mass per particle, which defines μgas (mean molecular weight). definition
13. Photons. For a photon p·v = pc = E, so step 8 gives one third of the energy density — and the energy density of blackbody radiation is aT⁴. This is radiation pressure. identity
14. Degenerate electrons. Step 8 still holds, but the momenta are set by the exclusion principle rather than by the temperature, which removes T from the answer entirely (degeneracy pressure). imported
15. The numbers of "Try it": the solar centre, with ions and electrons together. numerical
16. Where step 1 fails. The law breaks when the Coulomb energy between neighbours approaches kT (the plasma coupling Γ ≳ 1, which is what makes screening a correction at all), and when the density approaches the quantum concentration of state counting; the boundary in ρ and T is quoted in tier ③. assumption
Result: P = ⅓n⟨pv⟩ for any isotropic gas, giving P = nkT = ρkT/(μgasmu) for a classical non-relativistic gas, P = aT⁴/3 for photons, and a temperature-independent pressure for degenerate fermions. Everything from step 2 on is Derived; k, mu and a are Measured; ⟨E⟩ = (3/2)kT is Imported from the Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution, and the 2×10¹⁷ dyn cm⁻² is Calculated from the page's solar-centre n and T.
③ Source and limits
Boyle, Charles, Avogadro and Clausius; the kinetic theory of Maxwell (1860). The ideal-gas law fails when the Coulomb interaction energy between neighbours is comparable to kT (the plasma coupling parameter Γ ≳ 1, relevant in white-dwarf interiors, and the origin of the screening correction in section 4) and when quantum degeneracy sets in, ρ/μe ≳ 2.4×10⁻⁸ T3/2 g cm⁻³.
Builds on: Newton's laws, distributions
Used by: The virial theorem and the negative heat capacity of stars, Thermal pressure of an ideal gas in a star
Applicability: exact. In nuclear physics the mass difference between reactants and products is the only place the energy can come from, so masses measured to a part in 10⁸ give reaction energies to a keV.
① In words
Mass is a form of energy. A nucleus weighs less than the sum of its protons and neutrons, and the missing mass, times c², is the energy that was released when it was assembled — its binding energy. Fusion releases energy because the product is bound more tightly than the reactants: the difference in mass leaves as kinetic energy and radiation.
Try it: 1 atomic mass unit is 931.494 MeV. The ⁴He nucleus is 0.0304 u lighter than two protons plus two neutrons, so its binding energy is 0.0304 × 931.494 = 28.3 MeV — 7.07 MeV per nucleon, the number on the binding-energy curve of section 2. In everyday units, fusing one gram of hydrogen into helium releases 0.71 % of mc² = 6.4×10¹⁸ erg, enough to power a 100 W lamp for 200 years.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: special relativity, stated as a principle: the energy and momentum of a free particle satisfy E² = (pc)² + (mc²)². Everything below is bookkeeping built on that one relation plus measured masses. Symbols: m = rest mass, B = binding energy of a bound system (positive), Δ = mass excess in energy units (keV or MeV), A = mass number, mu = atomic mass constant with muc² = 931.494 MeV, mec² = 0.51100 MeV; Q = total energy release of a reaction. "Atomic" masses include the Z electrons; "nuclear" masses do not.
1. State the principle. For a free particle of rest mass m the energy and momentum are tied together by this relation, which no experiment on this page tests but every number on it uses. assumption
2. Set p = 0: a particle at rest still has energy, and its amount is fixed by its mass alone. identity
3. Apply it to a bound system. Take the constituents far apart and at rest, then let them bind and radiate away the binding energy B; energy conservation says the assembled system has less energy, so by step 2 it has less mass. identity
4. The numbers of "Try it" for ⁴He, whose nucleus is lighter than two protons plus two neutrons. numerical
5. Mass tables do not list masses; they list mass excesses, the difference between the atomic mass and A times the atomic mass constant, in energy units. The definition is a convention, chosen so that the listed numbers are small. definition
6. Write the Q-value of a reaction with step 5 substituted for every mass. identity
7. Nucleon number is conserved, so the two ΣA muc² terms are identical and cancel: the Q-value is a difference of mass excesses only, which is how every Q-value on this page is computed. identity
8. Electron bookkeeping. Atomic masses carry Z electrons each, and a star's nuclei are bare, so the electrons must be tracked whenever Z changes. In β⁺ decay the atomic-mass difference already contains two electron masses more than the nuclear one, which is why the positron threshold appears as 2mec² in β-decay Q-values. identity
9. Energy per gram of fuel. Divide the energy released by the mass consumed; for hydrogen burning this is the fraction of the rest mass that the reaction converts. identity
10. Multiply that fraction by c² to get the energy per gram, and divide by the power of a lamp to get the time — the number quoted in "Try it". numerical
11. The same arithmetic on the largest scale: a neutron star is bound by about a tenth of a solar rest mass, and that is the energy of the neutrino burst (gravitational mass). numerical
Result: E = mc² turns every mass difference into an energy: B = Σmpartsc² − mboundc² for a nucleus and Q = ΣΔreact − ΣΔprod for a reaction. The relation of step 1 is a Principle; the mass excesses are Measured (AME2020, to a keV); 28.3 MeV, 26.73 MeV, 0.712 %, 6.4×10¹⁸ erg g⁻¹ and 1.8×10⁵³ erg are all Calculated from them.
③ Source
Einstein (1905); nuclear masses from the Atomic Mass Evaluation (AME2020, Wang et al. 2021), from which every Q-value on this page is computed.
Used by: Conservation of energy, Binding energy, Q-values from masses and binding energies, The abundance–energy closure test, Gravitational versus baryonic mass of a neutron star
Applicability: static charges; in a plasma the law holds at distances short compared with the Debye length, beyond which the other charges screen it (section 4, weak screening).
① In words
Like charges repel with a force that falls as the inverse square of the distance, so the energy needed to push two nuclei to a separation r grows as 1/r. Two protons brought to nuclear contact (a few fm) need about a million electron-volts — a thousand times the typical thermal energy at the solar centre. This is the barrier that makes fusion slow and temperature-sensitive.
Try it: e² = 1.44 MeV fm in Gaussian units. For two protons at r = 1.44 fm, U = 1.44 × 1 × 1/1.44 = 1.0 MeV; for ¹²C + ¹²C (Z₁Z₂ = 36) at 6 fm, U = 1.44 × 36/6 = 8.6 MeV. That is why carbon burning needs 8×10⁸ K where hydrogen burning manages with 1.5×10⁷ K.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: Coulomb's law as a principle — the force between two static point charges falls as the inverse square of their separation — and the integral rules of integrals. The unit convention is declared in step 1 and used everywhere on this page. Symbols: q = charge, Z = charge number, e = the elementary charge with e² = 1.43996 MeV fm = 2.3071×10⁻¹⁹ erg cm in Gaussian units, α = e²/ħc = 1/137.036, rc = the classical turning point (fm), λD = the Debye length, E = centre-of-mass energy of the pair; μred does not appear until the tunnelling entries.
1. State the law and fix the units. In SI the force carries a factor 1/4πε₀; the Gaussian convention absorbs that factor into the definition of the charge, and it is the convention used in every formula on this page. assumption
2. Record the value of e² in the two units the page displays, and the dimensionless combination that is the same in every system. numerical
3. Define the potential energy as the work that must be done against the force to bring the charges from infinite separation to r, with the zero taken at infinity. For like charges this work is positive. definition
4. Do the integral with the power rule, n = −2, and evaluate at the two limits. identity
5. For two nuclei the charges are integer multiples of e, giving the barrier that every fusion reaction on this page has to get through (the Coulomb barrier). identity
6. The numbers of "Try it", read straight off step 5 with e² in MeV fm. numerical
7. The classical turning point. A pair approaching with centre-of-mass energy E stops where all of it has become potential energy; set E = U(rc) and solve. definition
8. Put in a typical stellar energy. At 1 keV two protons stop a thousand nuclear radii apart, so classical mechanics forbids fusion outright and the whole rate comes from tunnelling through the gap between rc and the nuclear surface (the Gamow factor). numerical
9. In a plasma the bare law is not the whole story: the other charges rearrange and screen it beyond the Debye length, so the potential acquires an exponential cut-off (Debye & Hückel 1923). imported
10. Expand that exponential for r ≪ λD with e−x ≈ 1 − x from approximations: the leading effect is a constant downward shift of the whole barrier, not a change of its shape. approximation
11. A constant shift of the barrier multiplies the rate by a Boltzmann factor with that energy, which is the weak-screening enhancement of the screening factor — and the H of the 5 % boost quoted in approximations. identity
12. Where this stops: the expansion of step 10 needs H ≪ 1, and the Debye picture itself needs many charges inside one Debye sphere. Both are stated with the numbers in screening. assumption
Result: U(r) = Z₁Z₂e²/r from the force law by one integration, a turning point rc = Z₁Z₂e²/E, and a screened form whose small-r expansion gives the weak-screening exponent H. Coulomb's law is a Principle; e², ħc and α are Measured; 1.0 MeV, 8.6 MeV and 1440 fm are Calculated from them. The Debye length and the ζ that enters it depend on the composition and are computed by the page.
③ Source
Coulomb (1785). Inside a plasma the potential is modified to (Z₁Z₂e²/r)e−r/λD with the Debye length λD (Debye & Hückel 1923), which lowers the barrier slightly — the screening factor.
Used by: The Coulomb barrier, The semi-empirical mass formula
Applicability: any process with a constant probability per unit time: radioactive decay, destruction of a nucleus by a reaction at fixed conditions, escape of a particle. Fails only when λ itself changes with time (then use the integral form).
① In words
If each nucleus has the same chance λ of decaying in the next second, regardless of its age, then the number remaining falls by the same fraction in every equal time interval: exponential decay. The half-life is the time for half to go; the mean lifetime τ = 1/λ is a little longer (1.44 half-lives), because the few long-lived survivors pull the average up.
Try it: ⁵⁶Ni has a half-life of 6.075 d, so τ = 6.075/0.693 = 8.76 d. Of 0.07 M☉ of ⁵⁶Ni made in a supernova, after 30 days a fraction e
−30/8.76 = 3.3 % remains as nickel; the rest has become ⁵⁶Co, which decays in turn with τ = 111.4 d. The two-step chain is the
radioactive tail of the light curve.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: one assumption — a constant probability λ per unit time, independent of age (probability and rates) — plus the integral of 1/x and the derivative of the exponential from derivatives. Symbols: N = number of nuclei remaining, λ = decay constant (s⁻¹), τ = 1/λ = mean lifetime, t1/2 = half-life; subscripts A and B label the parent and the daughter of a two-step chain, so τA, τB are their mean lifetimes; n₂ = the number density of the reaction partner when a reaction is treated as a decay; ⟨σv⟩ = rate coefficient in cm³ s⁻¹.
1. Assume the hazard is constant: every surviving nucleus has the same chance λ dt of going in the next interval, whatever its age. assumption
2. Then the expected number of decays in dt is λN dt, and N falls by that much. definition
3. Separate the variables: put everything with N on one side and everything with t on the other. identity
4. Integrate both sides from 0 to t. The left side is the n = −1 case of the power rule, so it produces a logarithm. identity
5. Combine the two logarithms and exponentiate both sides. identity
6. Half-life: find the time at which the exponential equals one half, and take logarithms. identity
7. Mean lifetime: average t over the decay-time density λe−λt, an integral done by parts in probability and rates. The mean lifetime is 1/ln 2 = 1.44 half-lives, because the long-lived survivors pull the average up. identity
8. The numbers of "Try it" for ⁵⁶Ni, whose half-life is measured. numerical
9. Two-step chain A → B → C. The daughter is fed by the parent and destroyed by its own decay, and the parent obeys step 5. Take NB(0) = 0. definition
10. Multiply by the integrating factor eλ_B t. The left side then becomes an exact derivative, by the product rule. identity
11. Integrate from 0 to t, assuming for now that λA ≠ λB so the exponent is not zero. identity
12. Multiply through by e−λ_B t. This is Bateman's solution (1910). identity
13. Rewrite it with lifetimes, λ = 1/τ. Multiply the top and bottom of the prefactor by τAτB: the prefactor becomes τB/(τA − τB), and flipping the sign of both the prefactor and the bracket gives the form quoted on this page. The order of the two exponentials and the order of the two lifetimes in the denominator must match. identity
14. The equal-lifetime case has to be done separately, because step 11 divided by λB − λA. Put λA = λB = λ into step 10: the right side is then a constant and the integral is linear in t. identity
15. That is also the limit of step 13: write τB = τA + δ and expand the bracket to first order in δ, and the δ cancels against the δ in the denominator. The general formula therefore has no singularity, only a removable one. identity
16. The chain of the supernova light curve: ⁵⁶Ni → ⁵⁶Co → ⁵⁶Fe with τA = 8.76 d and τB = 111.4 d, both from measured half-lives. At 30 days the nickel is nearly gone and the cobalt carries almost everything — this is the radioactive tail. numerical
17. Reactions as decays. A nucleus destroyed by collisions with a partner of number density n₂ has a constant hazard as long as n₂ and T hold still, so everything above applies with λ read off the rate coefficient. This is the mean lifetime against a reaction used for the CNO catalysts. definition
18. When λ does change with time — because the density or the temperature does — step 3 still separates, but the right-hand integral no longer collapses to λt, and the exponent becomes the accumulated rate. That integral form is what the network integrator evaluates. identity
Result: N = N₀e−λt with τ = 1/λ and t1/2 = τ ln 2; for a chain, NB = N₀ τB/(τB − τA)(e−t/τB − e−t/τA) for unequal lifetimes and N₀(t/τ)e−t/τ when they are equal; and N₀exp(−∫λdt′) when λ varies. All Derived from the constant-hazard assumption. The half-lives (⁵⁶Ni 6.075 d, ⁵⁶Co 77.24 d) are Measured (NUBASE2020); τ = 8.76 d and 111.4 d, and the 3.3 % and 79 % at 30 days, are Calculated from them.
③ Source
Rutherford and Soddy (1902) for radioactivity; Bateman (1910) for chains. Half-lives used on this page are from NUBASE2020 (Kondev et al. 2021).
Builds on: probability and rates
Used by: Mean lifetime of a nucleus against a reaction, Why the network uses the backward Euler method, The radioactive tail: ⁵⁶Ni → ⁵⁶Co → ⁵⁶Fe and γ-ray trapping, Kilonova: heating, thermalisation and diffusion time
Applicability: any system in thermal equilibrium at temperature T, for states populated by classical statistics; the g's count the number of quantum states at each energy.
① In words
In a system at temperature T the probability of finding a particle in a state of energy E is proportional to e−E/kT: states costing much more than kT are exponentially rare, but never impossible. Almost every temperature dependence on this page is a Boltzmann factor in disguise — the tail of the Maxwell distribution, the population of a resonance, the fraction of ⁸Be present in helium, the photodisintegration of iron at 10¹⁰ K.
Try it: the ⁸Be ground state lies 92 keV above two α particles. At T = 10⁸ K, kT = 8.6 keV and e−92/8.6 = e−10.7 = 2.3×10⁻⁵: multiplied by the phase-space factor this gives about one ⁸Be nucleus per 10⁹ α particles in the helium-burning core — few, but enough for the third α to find.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: two declared foundations of statistical mechanics — the fundamental postulate that an isolated system in equilibrium is equally likely to be found in any of its accessible microstates, and Boltzmann's definition of entropy S = k ln Ω — together with the thermodynamic definition of temperature. The expansion of step 6 is the one approximation, and it is marked. Symbols: Ω = number of accessible microstates (a count, not the gravitational energy of other entries); S = entropy (erg K⁻¹); Ei = energy of state i of the small system; Etot = the fixed total; subscript R = reservoir; Z = partition function; g = number of distinct states sharing one energy (2J + 1 for a nuclear level); CR = the reservoir's heat capacity.
1. State the fundamental postulate: an isolated system in equilibrium spends equal probability on every microstate compatible with its energy. Nothing below needs any other statistical input. assumption
2. Define entropy by counting those microstates. definition
3. Define temperature thermodynamically: it is fixed by how the entropy responds to adding energy, at fixed volume and particle number. definition
4. Set up the problem. A small system with states labelled i sits in thermal contact with a large reservoir; together they are isolated with fixed total energy, and only energy passes between them. assumption
5. Apply the postulate to the combined system. If the small system is in one definite state i, the number of microstates of the whole is just the reservoir's count at the energy left over, so the probability of state i is proportional to it. Write that count with step 2. identity
6. Expand the reservoir entropy — not the exponential — to first order in the small quantity Ei. This is the reservoir approximation, and it is the only approximation in the derivation: the next term is −Ei²/(2T²CR), so its ratio to the first-order term is Ei/2TCR and it is negligible exactly when the reservoir's heat capacity is large: Ei ≪ T CR. approximation
7. Replace the first derivative by 1/T using step 3. The reservoir's temperature is what enters the small system's statistics. identity
8. Substitute back into step 5 and split the exponential. The first factor does not depend on i at all, so it is part of the proportionality constant. identity
9. Fix the constant by demanding that the probabilities of the small system's states add to one. The normalising sum is the partition function. definition
10. Take the ratio of two states: the partition function cancels, and with it every property of the reservoir. Only the energy difference survives. identity
11. Degeneracy. If g₂ distinct states share the energy E₂ and g₁ share E₁, the population of a level is the sum over its states, which multiplies each Boltzmann factor by its count. This is the header equation of this entry. identity
12. For a nuclear level of spin J the count is g = 2J + 1, the number of orientations of the spin; this is what the resonance formulas of section 4 carry. imported
13. The numbers of "Try it": the ⁸Be ground state lies 92 keV above two α particles, and at 10⁸ K one kelvin is worth 8.617×10⁻⁵ eV. numerical
14. Continuous states. For free particles there is no discrete list to sum over; the sum becomes an integral weighted by the number of states in each cell of phase space, from state counting. Doing that integral is what turns the Boltzmann factor into the Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution. identity
15. Chemical equilibrium. Applying steps 9–11 to the two sides of a reaction a + b ⇌ c, with the binding energy as the energy difference and the phase-space counts as the degeneracies, gives the Saha form used for ⁸Be, nuclear statistical equilibrium and the r-process waiting points. identity
16. Where it stops. Step 5 assumed the small system's state can be specified independently of the reservoir's; when the states of identical particles are nearly full that fails, and the Fermi–Dirac or Bose–Einstein occupation replaces the plain exponential. In the dilute limit both reduce to it again. assumption
Result: Pi = e−Ei/kT/Z, hence n₂/n₁ = (g₂/g₁)e−(E₂−E₁)/kT. Derived from the fundamental postulate, S = k ln Ω and 1/T = ∂S/∂E, with the single reservoir approximation of step 6. k is Measured; the level energies and spins (92 keV and the 2J + 1 factors) are Measured; 2.3×10⁻⁵ is Calculated from them.
③ Source
Boltzmann (1877), Gibbs (1902). Quantum statistics replaces e−E/kT by the Fermi–Dirac or Bose–Einstein occupation when states are nearly full (degenerate electrons, photons); in the dilute limit both reduce to the Boltzmann factor.
Used by: Distributions: Maxwell–Boltzmann, Gaussian and Fermi–Dirac, The Maxwell–Boltzmann energy distribution, Radiation pressure, Electron screening in a plasma (weak-screening limit), Rate through a narrow resonance, The ⁸Be equilibrium: a Saha equation for nuclei, Nuclear statistical equilibrium: the condition
Applicability: non-relativistic quantum mechanics; for nuclear collisions at keV–MeV energies (particle speeds ≪ c) it is exact enough, and the barrier problem needs only its one-dimensional radial form.
① In words
A particle is described by a wave ψ whose squared amplitude gives the probability of finding it. Where the particle's energy E is below the potential U, classical mechanics forbids its presence; the wave equation instead gives a solution that decays exponentially into the forbidden region rather than stopping dead. If the region is thin enough, the wave emerges on the far side with a small but finite amplitude: the particle has tunnelled. Fusion in stars exists only because of this.
Try it: in the forbidden region the wave falls as e−κx with κ = √(2m(U−E))/ħ. For a proton with U − E = 1 MeV, κ = √(2 × 938 MeV × 1 MeV)/(197 MeV fm) = 0.22 fm⁻¹: over 10 fm the amplitude falls by e−2.2 ≈ 0.11 and the probability by e−4.4 ≈ 0.012. A thick barrier of 1000 fm would give e−440: the Coulomb barrier is only passable because it is thin near the top and because the wave, not the classical particle, sees it.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the time-independent Schrödinger equation, stated as a principle, and Born's rule that |ψ|² is a probability density. Neither is derived; everything after step 2 is a consequence. Symbols: ψ = wavefunction, U(x) = potential energy, E = total energy of the relative motion, k = wavenumber where E > U, κ = the decay constant where U > E (both in fm⁻¹ when ħc = 197.327 MeV fm is used), m = the mass in the radial equation, which for a colliding pair is the reduced mass μred; a = a barrier thickness.
1. State the principle. A stationary state of energy E obeys this equation; the page uses only its one-dimensional (radial) form, which is legitimate for the s-wave part of a central potential. assumption
2. State Born's rule: the squared magnitude of ψ is the probability density, so a ratio of |ψ|² at two places is a ratio of probabilities of being there. assumption
3. Free particle, U = 0. Rearranging step 1 gives a second derivative proportional to minus ψ, whose solutions oscillate. identity
4. Read off the momentum and the wavelength: ħk is the momentum of a non-relativistic particle of energy E, so the wavelength is Planck's constant over the momentum — de Broglie's relation, here a consequence rather than an assumption. identity
5. Classically forbidden region, with U constant and larger than E. The same rearrangement now gives a second derivative proportional to plus ψ, so the solutions are real exponentials instead of oscillations. identity
6. For a barrier entered from the left and thick compared with 1/κ, the growing branch is negligible against the decaying one, so keep only the first term. assumption
7. Across a slab of thickness a the amplitude is therefore multiplied by e−κa, and by Born's rule the probability by the square of that. identity
8. A barrier whose height varies. Cut it into slabs thin enough that U is nearly constant across each; the amplitude factors multiply, so their logarithms add, and the sum becomes an integral. approximation
9. Square it, and put κ back in terms of U − E. This is the WKB tunnelling probability (Wentzel, Kramers, Brillouin 1926), applied to the Coulomb barrier in tunnelling and evaluated in closed form in the Gamow factor. identity
10. The condition for step 8 to be legitimate: the decay constant must change little over one decay length, which fails exactly at the turning points where U = E. The standard connection formulas repair that, and their effect is absorbed into the measured S-factor. assumption
11. The numbers of "Try it": a proton one MeV below the top of the barrier, with m = mp and ħc = 197.327 MeV fm. numerical
12. Over 10 fm the amplitude falls by e−2.2 and the probability by e−4.4; over 1000 fm — the classical turning point of Coulomb's law at 1 keV — it would fall by e−440. Fusion survives only because the barrier is thin near the top, where the particle actually is. numerical
Result: the Schrödinger equation gives oscillation where E > U and exponential decay where U > E, and stacking thin slabs gives the WKB probability exp(−(2/ħ)∫√(2m[U − E])dx). The equation and Born's rule are Principles; ħ, c and the masses are Measured; κ = 0.22 fm⁻¹ and the suppression factors are Calculated. The prefactor that step 9 discards and everything inside the nucleus are folded into the Measured astrophysical S-factor (S-factor).
③ Source and limits
Schrödinger (1926); the tunnelling explanation of α-decay by Gamow (1928) and of fusion by Atkinson & Houtermans (1929). The WKB exponent is the leading term; the prefactor and the nuclear interior are absorbed into the astrophysical S-factor, which is measured.
Used by: Tunnelling through a barrier (WKB), The astrophysical S-factor, Rate through a narrow resonance
Applicability: free or nearly free particles in a volume large compared with their wavelength; g = 2s + 1 counts spin orientations (2 for electrons, neutrons and protons).
① In words
Quantum mechanics quantises not just energies but the number of distinct states a particle can occupy: each cell of volume h³ in the six-dimensional space of position and momentum holds exactly one state per spin orientation. Everything statistical follows from this counting — how many ways particles can be arranged (the Maxwell distribution), how many electrons fit below a given momentum (degeneracy pressure), and how "expensive" it is to keep a nucleus dissociated into free particles (the (2πħ²/mkT)3/2 factors of the Saha equations).
Try it: the number of momentum states per unit volume with momentum below p is g(4π/3)p³/h³. Set this equal to the electron density ne and you have the Fermi momentum: pF = h(3ne/8π)1/3. In a white dwarf with ρ = 10⁶ g cm⁻³ and μe = 2, ne = 3×10²⁹ cm⁻³ and pFc ≈ 0.41 MeV, that is pF = 0.80 mec: the electrons are already mildly relativistic.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the Schrödinger equation for a free particle in a box with impenetrable walls (Schrödinger) and the Gaussian integral of integrals. The spin label is kept separate from the counting of orbital states throughout, and only reinstated in step 8. Symbols: L = side of the box, V = L³, nx, ny, nz = positive integers labelling the standing waves, n = their length, p = momentum, h = Planck's constant, g = 2s + 1 = the number of spin orientations (2 for electrons, protons and neutrons), nQ = quantum concentration (cm⁻³), pF = Fermi momentum, μred = reduced mass where a Saha ratio needs one.
1. Put one particle in a cubical box with walls it cannot penetrate. The wavefunction must vanish at every wall, so the solutions of step 3 of the Schrödinger entry combine into standing waves, one factor per axis. assumption
2. Fit the standing waves: sin(kxx) vanishes at x = 0 automatically and at x = L only for the quantised wavenumbers below. Negative and zero n give no new state — n = 0 makes ψ vanish everywhere, and −n only flips the sign — so the labels run over positive integers alone. identity
3. The momentum follows from p = ħk of the free-particle solution; writing ħ = h/2π turns the π into a factor 2. identity
4. Count the labels. The allowed (nx, ny, nz) sit on a unit-spaced cubic lattice, one state per unit cell, and only the positive octant is allowed by step 2 — so the number with n ≤ N is one eighth of the volume of a sphere of radius N. identity
5. Change the variable from label to momentum with step 3, N = 2Lp/h. The eighth and the eight cancel, and the box volume appears. identity
6. Differentiate with respect to p to get the number in a shell, and recognise 4πp²dp as the volume element d³p of an isotropic momentum space. One orbital state per h³ of phase space — the octant and the factor 2 in step 3 have cancelled exactly. identity
7. Spin has been absent so far: it is an extra label the spatial problem knows nothing about, and each spatial state comes in g = 2s + 1 spin versions. Keeping it separate is what stops the factor 2 from being double-counted with the octant. assumption
8. Multiply the two counts. This is the header equation of the entry. identity
9. Thermal weighting. Define the quantum concentration as the number of orbital states per unit volume weighted by the Boltzmann factor of the Boltzmann entry, with E = p²/2m. definition
10. The integral factorises into three identical Cartesian Gaussians, each equal to (2πmkT)1/2 by the Gaussian integral with a = 1/2mkT. identity
11. The same number written with ħ, since h² = 4π²ħ². This is the "θ" that appears in the NSE and r-process formulas. identity
12. Evaluate it for a nucleon at T₉ = 1, with m = mu = 1.6605×10⁻²⁴ g. numerical
13. The classical criterion. When the actual density is far below the number of thermally accessible states, gnQ, the particles rarely compete for a state and Boltzmann statistics apply; when it approaches it, quantum statistics take over. identity
14. Electrons at the solar centre, with ρ = 150 g cm⁻³, T = 1.57×10⁷ K and Ye = 0.67 for the page's central composition X = 0.34. The ratio is about a fifth: the solar centre is nearly, not quite, degenerate, and the correction to the ideal-gas pressure is a few per cent. numerical
15. The opposite limit. At zero temperature the fermions fill every state up to a momentum pF and none above; set the count of step 5, times g = 2, equal to the density and solve for pF. identity
16. The white-dwarf number of "Try it": ρ = 10⁶ g cm⁻³ and μe = 2, so ne = ρ/(μemu), and pFc comes out at 0.80 mec² — the electrons are mildly relativistic, which is what eventually limits the Chandrasekhar mass. numerical
17. Saha-type ratios. Putting the count of step 8 into the equilibrium condition of the Boltzmann factor gives an abundance ratio in which the quantum concentration of the reduced mass measures the "entropy of being free" against the binding energy. This is the pattern of ⁸Be, NSE and the waiting-point condition. identity
Result: one orbital state per h³ of phase space, dN = g d³x d³p/h³, from standing waves with ki = πni/L counted in the positive octant with spin kept separate; hence nQ = (2πmkT/h²)3/2 and pF = h(3ne/8π)1/3. All Derived; h, mu, me and k are Measured; 5.94×10³³ cm⁻³, the ratio 0.20 at the solar centre and pFc = 0.41 MeV in a 10⁶ g cm⁻³ white dwarf are Calculated, the last two using the page's own central composition.
③ Source
Planck (1900) and Bose (1924) for the h³ cell; Saha (1920) for ionisation equilibrium; any statistical-mechanics text (e.g. Kittel & Kroemer) for the derivation.
Used by: Distributions: Maxwell–Boltzmann, Gaussian and Fermi–Dirac, The Pauli exclusion principle, The Maxwell–Boltzmann energy distribution, Electron degeneracy pressure, The ⁸Be equilibrium: a Saha equation for nuclei, The NSE abundance relation, Inverse beta decay: counting supernova neutrinos, The r-process waiting-point (Saha) condition
Applicability: all fermions — electrons, protons, neutrons, neutrinos. It is what makes matter stiff at high density and what sets the maximum mass a cold star can have.
① In words
No two identical fermions can occupy the same quantum state. Squeeze electrons together and, once the low-momentum states are full, the next electrons must take higher momenta whether or not the gas is hot: they push back. This "degeneracy pressure" does not depend on temperature, so it cannot be reduced by cooling — it holds up white dwarfs for ever — but it has a ceiling: when the electrons become relativistic, pressure grows only as fast as gravity, and above the Chandrasekhar mass gravity wins.
Try it: at the solar centre the electron Fermi energy is about 0.4 kT — Pauli is a few-per-cent correction, not the support. In a C/O white dwarf (ρ = 10⁶ g cm⁻³) the Fermi momentum is pF = 0.80 mec and the Fermi energy 0.14 MeV, against kT ≈ 0.9 keV at T = 10⁷ K: the pressure is entirely quantum. In a presupernova iron core (ρ = 10¹⁰ g cm⁻³) the Fermi energy reaches 10 MeV, enough for electrons to be captured by protons — which is how the core loses its support (section 11).
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the Pauli exclusion principle, stated as a principle and not derived, together with state counting for how many states there are and the general pressure formula P = ⅓n⟨pv⟩ of the ideal gas. Symbols: pF = Fermi momentum, ne = electron number density, μe = nucleons per electron (2 for any A = 2Z composition, 2.15 for iron) — a composition number, not the reduced mass μred and not a chemical potential; γ = the exponent of P ∝ ργ; K = the constant in front of it; m = the mass of the degenerate fermion.
1. State the principle: the wavefunction of identical fermions changes sign when two of them are exchanged, so no two can occupy the same single-particle state. Equivalently, every state holds zero or one. assumption
2. At zero temperature the particles therefore fill the lowest states and stop — a "Fermi sea" up to pF, empty above. Setting the filled count of state counting equal to the density gives pF. identity
3. Non-relativistic pressure. Put v = p/me into P = ⅓n⟨pv⟩, which turns the average into one over p². identity
4. Average p² over the filled sphere, which is uniformly occupied, so the weight is the phase-space volume 4πp²dp. identity
5. Substitute step 4 into step 3, then pF from step 2. Temperature never entered, so the pressure cannot be reduced by cooling. identity
6. Write it with the density: ne = ρ/(μemu), which puts the composition into a single factor and gives the constant quoted in degeneracy pressure. identity
7. Relativistic limit. When pF ≫ mec the speed saturates at c, so p·v = pc and the average is over p, not p². identity
8. Why 4/3 is the critical exponent. Combine the two crude statements M ~ ρcR³ and Pc ~ GM²/R⁴ (the hydrostatic equation of Newton across the whole star) with P = Kργ, and eliminate R. identity
9. Read the exponent. For γ = 5/3 the mass grows with central density, so squeezing a white dwarf lets it carry more; at γ = 4/3 the density drops out entirely and one mass is the answer for every central density — the fixed number of the Chandrasekhar mass. identity
10. Radii. At fixed mass, eliminating ρc between steps 8 and 9 for γ = 5/3 leaves R ∝ K ∝ 1/(m μ5/3), so the radius is set by the mass of the degenerate particle and by the composition. identity
11. Neutrons obey step 1 too, with mn in place of me and with μ = 1 rather than 2 because the neutrons are their own nucleons. Step 10 then gives the size ratio at equal mass. numerical
12. So a neutron star is smaller than a white dwarf of the same mass by a factor of order a thousand — ten kilometres against several thousand. The same step 2 also explains the presupernova core: at 10¹⁰ g cm⁻³ the Fermi energy of the electrons reaches of order 10 MeV, enough for capture on protons, which is how the core loses the very pressure that was holding it up (section 11). numerical
13. Where degeneracy does and does not matter, from the ratio n/gnQ of state counting: at the solar centre the electrons fill about a fifth of the thermally accessible states and the Fermi energy is about 0.4 kT, a few per cent correction; in a white dwarf the ratio is enormous and the pressure is entirely quantum. numerical
Result: exclusion plus state counting give pF = h(3ne/8π)1/3, a temperature-independent pressure P ∝ ne5/3 non-relativistically and P ∝ ne4/3 when the electrons become relativistic, and the scaling argument that makes γ = 4/3 the exponent at which the mass stops depending on the central density. The exclusion principle is a Principle; h, me, mn and mu are Measured; K₁ = 1.00×10¹³ cgs, the ratio 1/580 and the 0.4 kT are Calculated. The Chandrasekhar mass itself needs the Lane–Emden solution and is computed in its own entry.
③ Source
Pauli (1925); Fowler (1926) applied it to white dwarfs, Chandrasekhar (1931) found the mass limit.
Builds on: counting quantum states
Used by: The semi-empirical mass formula, Electron degeneracy pressure, The Chandrasekhar mass
Assumptions and validity: an empirical rule for the radius of the equivalent uniform sphere; good to about 5 % for A ≳ 12, worse for the lightest nuclei, which have no well-defined surface.
① In words
Nuclei are almost incompressible droplets: every nucleus has nearly the same density inside, so the volume grows in proportion to the number of nucleons A and the radius grows as the cube root of A. Doubling A makes a nucleus only 26 % bigger. The femtometre (10⁻¹⁵ m) is the natural unit — a hundred thousand times smaller than an atom.
Try it: ⁴He: r ≈ 1.2 × 41/3 = 1.9 fm. ⁵⁶Fe: 1.2 × 561/3 = 1.2 × 3.83 = 4.6 fm. ²³⁸U: 1.2 × 6.20 = 7.4 fm. Two ¹²C nuclei touch at about 2 × 1.2 × 121/3 = 5.5 fm, the distance that sets their Coulomb barrier in section 9.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the measured fact that the interior density of a nucleus is nearly the same for all nuclei (the nuclear force is short-ranged and saturates); the mass of a nucleus is its A nucleons, each of mass close to mu (binding energy supplies the correction); the radius constant r₀ is imported from electron-scattering measurements of the nuclear charge distribution — nothing in this entry derives its value. Symbols: A = mass number, the number of nucleons (dimensionless); Z = number of protons; R = radius of the equivalent sharp-edged uniform sphere; r₀ = radius constant (fm); ρnuc = mass density inside the nucleus (g cm⁻³); mu = atomic mass unit = 1.66054×10⁻²⁴ g, with muc² = 931.494 MeV; rrms = root-mean-square radius of the charge distribution; B = binding energy; 1 fm = 10⁻¹³ cm.
1. Write the mass of a nucleus in terms of its nucleon number. The binding energy is at most 8.8 MeV per nucleon against muc² = 931.494 MeV, so dropping it costs less than 1 %. approximation
2. Model the nucleus as a sphere of radius R of uniform density. Its volume is the volume of a sphere. definition
3. Saturation: because each nucleon attracts only the few neighbours within the range of the strong force, adding nucleons adds volume rather than compressing what is there. Take the interior density to be one and the same number ρnuc for every nucleus — this is the whole physical content of the rule. assumption
4. Solve the previous line for R: multiply both sides by (4/3)πR³, divide by ρnuc, then take the cube root. identity
5. The bracket does not depend on A, so name it r₀. Constant density and R ∝ A1/3 are the same statement: doubling A multiplies R by 21/3 = 1.26, a 26 % increase. definition
6. The number r₀ comes from experiment. Elastic electron scattering (Hofstadter, 1950s) measures the charge form factor of a nucleus; fitting the charge distribution over the chart of nuclides gives a root-mean-square charge radius that itself follows an A1/3 law, rrms ≈ 0.94 A1/3 fm. imported
7. Convert rrms to the sharp-edged radius R of the equivalent uniform sphere: average r² over a uniform sphere, the volume element being 4πr²dr. identity
8. Put the measured number into that conversion. numerical
9. Now run step 5 backwards to get the density that r₀ = 1.2 fm implies. numerical
10. The spacing between nucleons is the cube root of the volume per nucleon. It comes out at the range of the strong force, which is what saturation means: each nucleon feels only its nearest neighbours, so B/A stops growing at about 8 MeV instead of rising with A (the mass formula). The same density is what a neutron star reaches (section 11) — no coincidence, since the same force holds it up. numerical
Result: R = r₀A1/3 with r₀ ≈ 1.2 fm. Derived: the A1/3 law itself, which follows from constant interior density and nothing else, and the uniform-sphere conversion R = √(5/3) rrms. Measured: rrms ≈ 0.94 A1/3 fm from electron scattering, hence r₀ — the rule is calibrated, not predicted; mu. Calculated: ρnuc = 2.3×10¹⁴ g cm⁻³ and the 1.9 fm nucleon spacing, both consequences of that one measured constant.
③ Applicability and source
Real nuclei have a diffuse surface about 2.4 fm thick (10 %–90 % of the central density), so "the radius" depends on the definition; the 1.2 A1/3 fm rule is the one used for Coulomb-barrier estimates and in the semi-empirical mass formula. Halo nuclei (¹¹Li, ¹¹Be) and the lightest nuclei break the rule. Source: Krane, Introductory Nuclear Physics, ch. 3; Angeli & Marinova 2013 for the measured charge radii.
Builds on: dimensional analysis
Used by: The Coulomb barrier, The semi-empirical mass formula
Assumptions and validity: exact definition; in practice computed from atomic masses (electrons included on both sides), which introduces the atomic electron binding energies as an error — tens of keV for iron-group nuclei, about 0.8 MeV for the heaviest, against binding energies of hundreds to thousands of MeV.
① In words
Take a nucleus apart into its protons and neutrons and weigh the pieces: they weigh more than the nucleus did. The missing mass, converted with E = mc², is the binding energy B — the energy that would have to be supplied to pull the nucleus apart, or equivalently the energy released when it was assembled. Per nucleon, B/A is the quantity plotted in section 2; it peaks near iron.
Try it: with the mass excesses of section 2 (ΔH = 7288.971 keV, Δn = 8071.318 keV, Δ(⁴He) = 2424.916 keV): B(⁴He) = 2 × 7288.971 + 2 × 8071.318 − 2424.916 = 28 295.7 keV = 28.30 MeV, or 7.07 MeV per nucleon.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: mass–energy equivalence E = mc² (mass–energy equivalence), conservation of energy, and the measured atomic masses of the AME2020 table, which are tabulated as mass excesses. Symbols: Z = number of protons, N = number of neutrons, A = Z + N; mp, mn, me = rest masses of the free proton, neutron and electron (mec² = 0.51100 MeV); mnuc(Z,N) = mass of the bare nucleus; M(Z,N) = mass of the neutral atom; mH = M(1,0) = mass of the neutral hydrogen atom; mu = atomic mass unit with muc² = 931.494 MeV; Δ = mass excess in energy units; B = binding energy; Be = total binding energy of the atomic electrons.
1. Define B as the energy that must be supplied to take the nucleus apart into Z protons and N neutrons, each free and at rest: the rest energy of the separated pieces minus the rest energy of the nucleus. The definition makes B positive for a bound nucleus. definition
2. The bracket is the mass defect: bound nuclei weigh less than their parts, and that missing mass is the whole of B. definition
3. Mass tables list neutral atoms, not bare nuclei, so move to atomic masses. An atom of Z electrons has mass M = mnuc + Zme − Be/c²; hydrogen is mH = mp + me − 13.6 eV/c². Add Zme to the protons (making Z hydrogen atoms) and the same Zme to the nucleus (making the neutral atom): the electron masses cancel exactly, and only the electron binding energies are left behind. identity
4. Drop the electronic term. Electrons in a heavy atom are bound far more tightly than in hydrogen, so the bracket is positive and the atomic-mass expression slightly overestimates B: by about 35 keV for iron, where B = 492 MeV, and about 0.8 MeV for uranium, where B = 1802 MeV — relative errors of 7×10⁻⁵ and 4×10⁻⁴. Every mass table makes the same omission. approximation
5. Masses are almost exactly A mu, so tables quote only the difference. Define the mass excess (an energy, usually in keV; it is not the mass defect of step 2). definition
6. Substitute that for each of the three masses — hydrogen has A = 1, the neutron A = 1, the nucleus A = Z + N — and collect the muc² terms. They cancel because Z + N = A: this is why mass excesses are the convenient bookkeeping. identity
7. Evaluate it for ⁴He (Z = N = 2) with the table values ΔH = 7288.971 keV, Δn = 8071.318 keV, Δ(⁴He) = 2424.916 keV. This is the arithmetic the page runs for every nuclide in its table. numerical
8. Divide by A to get the quantity plotted in section 2, the binding energy per nucleon. It is the fair way to compare nuclei of different size, and it peaks near iron rather than rising forever. definition
9. Energy released by a reaction: in a reaction without weak decays Z and N are separately conserved, so in Q = ΣΔin − ΣΔout the ΔH and Δn terms cancel between the two sides and only the binding energies remain. Energy comes out when the products are more tightly bound (Q-values). identity
Result: B = ZΔH + NΔn − Δ(Z,N), the form the page evaluates for every nuclide. Derived: the definition from energy conservation, the atomic-mass rewriting and the cancellation of the muc² terms. Measured: the mass excesses Δ (AME2020), and muc² = 931.494 MeV. Calculated: B(⁴He) = 28.296 MeV and B/A = 7.074 MeV. The definition is exact; why B/A has the shape it has is the semi-empirical mass formula.
③ Applicability and source
The definition is exact. The physical content — why B/A rises to 8.8 MeV at ⁵⁶Fe/⁶²Ni and falls beyond — is explained term by term by the semi-empirical mass formula. Masses: AME2020 (Wang et al. 2021).
Builds on: mass–energy equivalence, counting particles
Used by: Q-values from masses and binding energies, Q-values of β⁺ decay, electron capture and β⁻ decay, The semi-empirical mass formula, Nuclear statistical equilibrium: the condition, The NSE abundance relation, Neutron capture and β-decay: slow and rapid
Assumptions and validity: classical particles in thermal equilibrium, far from degeneracy (n ≪ nQ) and non-relativistic (kT ≪ mc²). Holds for the ions in every star on this page; for electrons it fails in white dwarfs and presupernova cores.
① In words
In a hot gas the particles do not all have the same energy. Most have energies near kT, a few have much more, and the fraction with energy far above kT falls off exponentially. The distribution is the Boltzmann factor e−E/kT multiplied by the number of ways to have energy E — which grows as √E, because a shell in momentum space of larger radius contains more states. Fusion depends on the exponential tail: the particles that matter are ten times more energetic than average and a thousand times rarer.
Try it: at the solar centre kT = 1.35 keV. The mean energy is (3/2)kT = 2.0 keV; the most probable energy is kT/2 = 0.68 keV. The fraction of pairs with relative energy above 6 keV (the pp Gamow peak) is roughly e−6/1.35 ≈ 1.2 %, times a factor of a few from the √E weighting.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the Boltzmann factor — the probability of a single-particle state of energy E is proportional to e−E/kT; state counting — the free-particle states are spread uniformly through momentum space, d³r d³p/h³ per state; and the Gaussian integrals of integrals. Assumptions: the particles are independent (the gas is dilute, so the joint distribution factorises), classical (n ≪ nQ, no exchange effects), non-relativistic (kT ≪ mc²), all at one temperature T, and the gas has no bulk drift — the distribution is isotropic in the frame of the gas. Symbols: v = velocity vector, v = |v| = speed (cm s⁻¹); m = mass of one particle (g); μred = reduced mass of a pair (g), not the mean molecular weight μgas; E = kinetic energy (erg or keV); k = 1.380649×10⁻¹⁶ erg K⁻¹ = 8.61733×10⁻⁵ eV K⁻¹; kT = 0.0861733 T₆ keV = 86.1733 T₉ keV; F(v)d³v = probability that the velocity lies in d³v; f(v)dv and f(E)dE = the same probability written for the speed and for the energy.
1. A free non-relativistic particle has only kinetic energy, and it splits into three independent Cartesian pieces. definition
2. The Boltzmann factor gives the population of one state of that energy. imported
3. Count how many states lie in a velocity element. In a box of volume V the number of states with momentum in d³p is V d³p/h³ — uniform in p, with no extra weight anywhere. With p = mv the element d³p = m³d³v, so the number of states is proportional to d³v with a constant of proportionality that the normalisation will absorb. imported
4. Multiply population by number of states: the probability of finding the velocity in d³v is the Boltzmann factor times d³v, and because E is a sum of three squares the exponential factorises into three identical one-dimensional Gaussians. identity
5. Fix C by demanding that the total probability is 1. The triple integral is the cube of one Gaussian integral; use ∫−∞∞e−ax²dx = (π/a)1/2 with a = m/2kT. identity
6. So the velocity distribution is fixed. This is the Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution in its vector form. identity
7. Go from velocity to speed. In spherical coordinates in velocity space the volume element is d³v = v²dv sinθ dθ dφ; F depends on the direction of v not at all (no bulk drift), so the angles can be integrated out and leave the surface area of a sphere of radius v. identity
8. Multiply the two factors: the exponential says slow is likely, the 4πv² volume element says there are more directions and more room at large v, and their product peaks in between. identity
9. Check the normalisation of that speed form explicitly, using ∫₀∞x²e−ax²dx = (π/a)1/2/(4a) with a = m/2kT. identity
10. The most probable speed is where df/dv = 0. Differentiate the product v²e−mv²/2kT and set the bracket to zero. identity
11. Change variable from speed to energy — the form the rate integral needs. With E = ½mv² we have v = (2E/m)1/2 and dE = mv dv, so dv = dE/(2mE)1/2; assemble the factor v²dv. identity
12. Substitute that into step 8 and combine the constants: 4π√2/(2π)3/2 = 4π·21/2/(23/2π3/2) = 2/√π, and the m3/2 factors cancel — the energy distribution does not depend on the mass at all. identity
13. Mean energy: substitute x = E/kT, so E = kTx and dE = kT dx, and use ∫₀∞x1/2e−xdx = √π/2 together with ∫₀∞x3/2e−xdx = (3/2)(√π/2) = 3√π/4 (integration by parts once). The first of the two also re-checks the normalisation. identity
14. The most probable energy is not the same as ½mvp²: the change of variable moves the peak, because the width of the energy bin corresponding to a speed bin grows with v. Differentiate √E e−E/kT. identity
15. Put in the solar centre, T = 1.57×10⁷ K, to fix the scale of everything in sections 4 to 6. numerical
16. Now the two-body case, which is what a reaction rate needs. Take two species, masses m₁ and m₂, each Maxwell–Boltzmann at the same temperature T, with no bulk drift between them and no correlation between the two velocities — so the joint distribution is the product of the two. assumption
17. Change to centre-of-mass and relative variables, and define the reduced mass. Only the relative velocity decides whether the pair reacts; the centre-of-mass motion carries the pair through the star and is irrelevant to the collision. definition
18. Put those into the exponent and expand square by square. The cross terms in V·v cancel exactly — that is the whole point of the choice of V — and the v² coefficient collapses to the reduced mass. identity
19. The volume element is unchanged: for each Cartesian component the map (v₁, v₂) → (V, v) has unit Jacobian determinant in absolute value, and the three components give |−1|³ = 1. identity
20. The prefactor splits too, because m₁m₂ = Mμred. The joint distribution is therefore a product of two independent Maxwell–Boltzmann distributions: the centre of mass moving with the total mass M, and the relative motion moving with the reduced mass μred. identity
21. Integrate the centre-of-mass factor away — it is normalised to 1 on its own and the collision does not care about it — and repeat step 7 for the relative velocity. The result has exactly the shape of the single-particle distribution with m replaced by μred. identity
22. Finally write it in the relative energy E = ½μredv², repeating steps 11 and 12 with μred in place of m. Because the masses cancelled there, the relative-energy distribution of any pair of species is the same function of E/kT — the mass enters only when E is translated back into a speed. identity
Result: f(E)dE = (2/√π)(kT)−3/2√E e−E/kTdE, holding both for one particle of mass m and — with μred for the conversion between E and v — for the relative motion of a colliding pair; ⟨E⟩ = (3/2)kT, Ep = kT/2, vp = (2kT/m)1/2. Derived: everything above, from the Boltzmann factor plus uniform state counting plus the 4πv² volume element; the centre-of-mass separation that lets the rate per volume and the rate integral use one distribution with μred instead of two. Measured: k, and the masses. Calculated: kT = 1.35 keV, ⟨E⟩ = 2.03 keV and Ep = 0.68 keV at the solar centre. What is not derived here is the Boltzmann factor itself, which is imported.
③ Applicability and source
Maxwell (1860), Boltzmann (1872). Quantum corrections appear when the thermal wavelength approaches the interparticle spacing; for protons at the solar centre the ratio n/nQ is 10⁻⁵, for electrons 0.1 (a small correction, ignored here), for electrons in a white dwarf ≫ 1 (degenerate — a different distribution, section 3).
Builds on: the Boltzmann factor, counting quantum states, integrals
Used by: The thermonuclear rate integral, Electron capture on ⁷Be in a plasma
Assumptions and validity: point charges outside the nuclear surface; inside r ≈ r₁ + r₂ the strong force takes over and the potential drops. In a plasma the barrier is lowered slightly by screening (section 4).
① In words
Two nuclei repel each other electrically, and the energy needed to bring them within reach of the strong force is the height of the Coulomb "hill" at nuclear contact. For two protons it is of order a million electron-volts; for two carbon nuclei about ten million. Compared with the thermal energies of a stellar core (a thousand electron-volts) these hills are enormous — classically no star could fuse anything.
Try it: e² = 1.44 MeV fm. For p + p at contact (r ≈ 2 × 1.2 fm = 2.4 fm): U = 1.44 × 1 × 1/2.4 = 0.60 MeV. For ¹²C + ¹²C (Z₁Z₂ = 36, contact at ≈ 5.5 fm): U = 1.44 × 36/5.5 = 9.4 MeV. For an α particle on ¹²C: 1.44 × 12/(1.9 + 2.7) = 3.8 MeV.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: Coulomb's law for two point charges, the definition of potential energy as work done against a force, and the nuclear radius R = r₀A1/3 with r₀ = 1.2 fm imported from the size of a nucleus. Assumptions: outside contact each nucleus acts as a point charge at its centre (both are spherical and do not overlap); the strong force is negligible there and takes over abruptly at contact; no plasma screening (which lowers the barrier slightly — see screening); the motion is non-relativistic. Symbols: Z₁, Z₂ = charge numbers (protons per nucleus); r = distance between the two centres; U(r) = potential energy of the pair (MeV); E = kinetic energy of the relative motion, the one built with μred in the Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution; Rc = contact separation; rc = classical turning point; e² = 1.43996 MeV fm in the Gaussian convention used throughout the page; ħc = 197.327 MeV fm; α = 1/137.036.
1. Coulomb's law: two charges Z₁e and Z₂e repel with a force falling as the inverse square of their separation. In SI the constant is 1/4πε₀; the page writes e² for e²/4πε₀ throughout, which is the Gaussian convention. imported
2. The potential energy at separation r is the work an external agent must do to bring the pair in from infinity against that force; the zero of U is fixed at infinite separation, where 1/r′ vanishes. Integrate, using ∫r−2dr = −r−1. definition
3. Get the constant e² in nuclear units. The fine-structure constant is defined by α = e²/(4πε₀ħc), so e²/4πε₀ = αħc, and both α and ħc are measured. numerical
4. So the barrier as a working formula: put r in femtometres and read U in MeV. identity
5. The top of the barrier is where the strong force takes over, at contact: the sum of the two radii. imported
6. Evaluate the contact separation and the barrier height for the four reactions that set the ignition temperatures of sections 5, 9 and 10, keeping three figures in the radii (the box above rounds them to 1.9 + 2.7 fm for α + ¹²C and so reads 3.8 MeV where the unrounded radii give 3.7). The charge product grows faster than the radius (Z₁Z₂ against A1/3), so every step up the ladder of burning stages is a higher hill. numerical
7. Compare with the thermal energy available. At the solar centre kT = 1.35 keV, so the barrier for two protons is 444 times kT, and the Boltzmann factor at the top of it is e−444. Classically the Sun cannot burn at all; what saves it is the combination of the far tail of the distribution and tunnelling. numerical
8. The classical turning point: a pair approaching with relative energy E stops where all of its kinetic energy has been converted into potential energy. Set U(rc) = E and solve. definition
9. Evaluate it for two protons at a typical stellar energy, E = 1 keV. The turning point stands six hundred nuclear radii away from contact: the classically forbidden region the wave has to cross runs from 1440 fm inward to 2.4 fm (tunnelling). numerical
Result: U(r) = Z₁Z₂e²/r, a barrier of height U(Rc) = Z₁Z₂e²/(R₁ + R₂) and a turning point at rc = Z₁Z₂e²/E. Derived: the 1/r potential from Coulomb's law and the turning-point condition. Measured: α and ħc (hence e² = 1.43996 MeV fm), and r₀ = 1.2 fm — a convention accurate to about 20 %, which is why the real nuclear physics is carried by the measured S-factor rather than by this height. Calculated: 0.60, 3.7, 9.4 and 15.2 MeV for the four pairs above; U/kT = 444 at the solar centre; rc = 1440 fm at 1 keV.
③ Applicability and source
The barrier height sets the scale of ignition temperatures through the Gamow energy EG ∝ Z₁²Z₂²μ: hydrogen burns at 10⁷ K, carbon at 10⁹ K. Barrier heights depend on the radius convention at the 20 % level, which is why the S-factor — measured — carries the actual nuclear physics.
Builds on: Coulomb's law, the size of a nucleus
Used by: Tunnelling through a barrier (WKB), The Gamow factor, Electron screening in a plasma (weak-screening limit)
Assumptions and validity: the barrier is thick and smooth on the scale of the local wavelength (the WKB condition), and the energy is well below the barrier top. Both hold for stellar fusion, where E is a thousandth of the barrier height.
① In words
A quantum particle meeting a barrier higher than its energy is not stopped outright: its wave leaks into the barrier and decays exponentially with distance. The thicker and higher the barrier, the smaller the surviving amplitude on the far side. The probability of getting through is exp(−2 × the accumulated decay), where the decay rate at each point depends on how far below the barrier top the particle is. For the Coulomb barrier the "thickness" is the distance from the classical turning point to the nuclear surface.
Try it: a rectangular barrier of height U − E = 1 MeV and width 10 fm for a proton: κ = √(2 × 938 × 1)/197.3 = 0.22 fm⁻¹, P ≈ e−2 × 0.22 × 10 = e−4.4 = 0.012. The real Coulomb barrier at 1 keV is 1400 fm wide but mostly low; the integral gives P ≈ e−22 ≈ 3×10⁻¹⁰ — small, but 10²⁵ protons per cubic centimetre trying many times a second is enough.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the Schrödinger equation, taken as a principle, for the relative motion of the pair; the Coulomb barrier U(r) it moves in; and the reduced mass μred of the two-body separation. Assumptions: head-on approach (ℓ = 0, so there is no centrifugal term and the radial problem is one-dimensional in u = rψ); E far below the top of the barrier; the barrier is thick and smooth, meaning the local wavelength changes little over one wavelength — the WKB condition, checked in step 8. Symbols: ψ = wavefunction of the relative motion; A(r) = its amplitude, S(r) = its phase function, of dimension action (erg s), so that S/ħ is dimensionless; p(r) = local momentum, imaginary under the barrier; κ(r) = decay constant (cm⁻¹ or fm⁻¹); μred = reduced mass of the pair (g), never the mean molecular weight μgas; R = contact radius; rc = classical turning point; P = transmission probability; ħc = 197.327 MeV fm.
1. Write the time-independent Schrödinger equation for the radial relative motion. This is a principle, not something derived here. assumption
2. Rearrange it into the form ψ″ = −(p/ħ)²ψ and name the local momentum p(r). Where E > U, p is real and the solution oscillates; where E < U, p² is negative and p is imaginary — that sign change is the whole of tunnelling. identity
3. Substitute an amplitude-and-phase ansatz. Writing any nowhere-vanishing ψ this way is exact, not yet an approximation: A and S are two functions replacing the one complex ψ. Where the motion is classically allowed both are real and S/ħ is an ordinary phase; under the barrier S comes out imaginary, and that is precisely what turns the oscillation into a decay in step 10. definition
4. Differentiate it twice by the product rule. identity
5. Put that into step 2, cancel the common exponential and multiply through by ħ²/A. Every term is now sorted by its power of ħ. identity
6. Keep the terms of order ħ⁰. This is the semiclassical step — the one approximation in the derivation — and it gives the eikonal (Hamilton–Jacobi) equation, whose solution is the accumulated action. approximation
7. The terms of order ħ¹ fix the amplitude: they are an exact derivative, so A²S′ is constant along r — conservation of probability flux — and the amplitude is slowly varying wherever p is. identity
8. What has been dropped is the single term ħ²A″/A. Demanding that it be small against p² is the validity condition, and it reads: the local wavelength ħ/|p| must change by little over one wavelength. Near a turning point p → 0 and the condition fails, which is why the exponent — and not the prefactor — is the trustworthy part of the answer. approximation
9. Now go under the barrier, where U > E. Then p is imaginary; write it as iħκ with κ real and positive. identity
10. Substitute that into steps 6 and 7: the phase iS/ħ becomes real, so the oscillation turns into a pure exponential — one branch decaying inward from the turning point, one growing. identity
11. For a thick barrier the decaying branch is the one that carries the answer. The growing branch is suppressed relative to it by the penetration factor itself — about 3×10⁻¹⁰ for the Coulomb case in the box above — and the two are joined to the oscillating solutions outside only by the connection formulas at the turning points, which supply factors of order unity and no more. assumption
12. The transmission probability is the squared ratio of the amplitudes at the two ends of the forbidden region — at the classical turning point rc, where the pair would classically stop, and at the contact radius R, where the strong force takes over. The factor 2 in the exponent is the square. identity
13. Check the exponent on a rectangular barrier, the case in the box above: U − E = 1 MeV, width 10 fm, a proton. Work in MeV and fm by writing the momentum as √(2mc²(U−E))/(ħc). numerical
14. For the real barrier U = Z₁Z₂e²/r the integral of step 12 can be done in closed form; in the limit R ≪ rc it collapses to a single dimensionless ratio and produces the Gamow factor, the object every stellar rate is built on. imported
Result: P ≈ exp(−(2/ħ)∫Rrc√(2μred[U − E]) dr). Derived: the exponent, from the Schrödinger equation with the order-ħ⁰ (eikonal) truncation, and the 1/√κ amplitude from the order-ħ¹ term. Measured: ħ, the masses entering μred, and e² inside U. Calculated: κ = 0.220 fm⁻¹ and P = 0.012 for the rectangular test barrier. Not derived: the prefactor of order unity, the connection formulas at the turning points, and everything that happens once the nuclei touch — all of that is folded into the measured S-factor, which is exactly why the S-factor has to be measured.
③ Applicability and source
Gamow (1928) explained α-decay this way, and Atkinson & Houtermans (1929) turned it around to explain stellar fusion. The WKB exponent is accurate; the prefactor of order unity and everything that happens inside the nucleus are absorbed into the measured S-factor (section 4). Source: Clayton 1983, ch. 4; Iliadis 2015, ch. 2.
Builds on: the Schrödinger equation, the Coulomb barrier
Used by: The Gamow factor
Assumptions and validity: a fully ionised gas (true below a stellar surface everywhere on this page) with metals treated as having Ai ≈ 2Zi; the metals' own nuclei are neglected in the count.
① In words
Pressure depends on how many particles there are, not on how heavy they are, so a star's gas is characterised by the average mass per free particle, μ, in units of the atomic mass unit. Hydrogen, ionised, gives two particles per unit mass (proton and electron); helium gives three particles per four mass units; heavier elements roughly one particle per two mass units. A Sun-like mixture has μ ≈ 0.62; as hydrogen turns into helium μ rises, and the star must get hotter to keep the same pressure — the reason main-sequence stars slowly brighten.
Try it: X = 0.70, Y = 0.28, Z = 0.02: 1/μ = 2 × 0.70 + 0.75 × 0.28 + 0.5 × 0.02 = 1.40 + 0.21 + 0.01 = 1.62, so μ = 0.617. Pure ionised helium: 1/μ = 0.75, μ = 1.33. At the end of core hydrogen burning (X ≈ 0, Y ≈ 0.98) μ ≈ 1.34: more than double, so at fixed pressure and density the temperature must be twice as high.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the number density of a species, ni = ρXi/(Aimu), from counting particles, and the fact that pressure counts particles, not their masses (the ideal gas law). Assumptions: the gas is fully ionised (true below the surface everywhere on this page), electrically neutral, non-degenerate, and each metal has Ai ≈ 2Zi. Symbols: X = hydrogen mass fraction, Y = helium mass fraction, Z = mass fraction of everything heavier, with X + Y + Z = 1 — note that in this entry Z alone is a mass fraction, while Zi is the charge number of species i and Xi the mass fraction of species i; Ai = mass number of species i; μgas = mean molecular weight, the mean mass per free particle in units of mu (never the reduced mass μred); μion, μe = the same for ions alone and electrons alone; n = number density of all free particles (cm⁻³); mu = 1.66054×10⁻²⁴ g.
1. Define μgas by what it is for: the total particle density in terms of the mass density. Turning the definition round, 1/μgas is the number of free particles per gram, in units of 1/mu. definition
2. Count the nuclei. A gram of gas holds Xi grams of species i, and each of its nuclei weighs Aimu. imported
3. Count the electrons. Full ionisation releases Zi electrons per nucleus of species i, and the gas is neutral, so the electron density is the sum of those charges. assumption
4. Add nuclei and electrons: each nucleus of species i contributes 1 + Zi free particles. identity
5. Compare with step 1: the mass density and mu cancel, leaving a pure composition sum. identity
6. Evaluate that sum for the three groups. Hydrogen has A = 1, Zi = 1; helium has A = 4, Zi = 2; for the metals put Ai ≈ 2Zi, i.e. Zi ≈ Ai/2, and the 1/Ai from the nucleus itself is small beside the 1/2 from its electrons (1/16 against 1/2 for oxygen) and is dropped. approximation
7. Add the three lines. This is the formula used everywhere the page needs a gas pressure. identity
8. Put in a present-day solar mixture, X = 0.70, Y = 0.28, Z = 0.02. numerical
9. Repeat it for a core at the end of hydrogen burning, X = 0, Y = 0.98, Z = 0.02. The mean mass per particle more than doubles, because four mass units of ionised hydrogen supply eight free particles (four protons and four electrons) while the same four mass units of ionised helium supply only three (one nucleus and two electrons) — and since P = ρkT/(μgasmu), at fixed pressure and density that forces the temperature up by the same factor, which is why main-sequence stars brighten as they age. numerical
10. The same count split in two: ions alone (drop the Zi) and electrons alone (keep only the Zi). Their reciprocals add up to the total, since each particle is counted once. identity
11. Simplify the electron line with Y + Z = 1 − X. The electron weight depends on the hydrogen content alone — this is the μe that appears in every degeneracy formula, and it explains why μe = 2 for a white dwarf of carbon and oxygen. identity
12. Feed μgas back into P = nkT to get the stellar form of the gas law, which is where the mean molecular weight is actually used (ideal gas pressure). identity
Result: 1/μgas ≈ 2X + 3Y/4 + Z/2, with μe = 2/(1 + X) for the electrons alone. Derived: the whole count, from ni = ρXi/(Aimu) plus charge neutrality. Measured: the composition X, Y, Z of whatever star is being modelled, and mu. Calculated: μgas = 0.617 for a solar mixture, 1.342 for a spent hydrogen core, and the factor 2.18 between them. The Ai ≈ 2Zi step is an approximation worth about 1 % of 1/μgas, since the metals carry only 2 % of the mass; partial ionisation, not this, is what breaks the formula near a stellar surface.
③ Applicability and source
Partial ionisation (in stellar envelopes) raises μ toward the neutral-gas value 1/(X + Y/4); radiation pressure and degeneracy are separate pressure terms and do not change μ. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss, ch. 4.
Builds on: counting particles
Used by: Thermal pressure of an ideal gas in a star, Electron capture on ⁷Be in a plasma
Assumptions and validity: spherical symmetry, no rotation, no magnetic stresses, no acceleration (the star changes on timescales far longer than the free-fall time — true for every hydrostatic burning stage; violated in the collapse of section 11).
① In words
Each thin shell of a star is pulled inward by the gravity of everything inside it and pushed outward by the pressure difference between its lower and upper faces. A star that is neither expanding nor contracting must balance the two exactly, so the pressure has to rise inward at a rate set by the local gravity and density. Integrated from the surface to the centre this makes the central pressure of the Sun two hundred billion atmospheres, and — with the gas law — sets the central temperature.
Try it: replace the derivatives by ratios: Pc/R ~ GMρ̄/R², so Pc ~ GM²/R⁴ (using ρ̄ ~ M/R³). For the Sun: 6.67×10⁻⁸ × (1.99×10³³)²/(6.96×10¹⁰)⁴ ≈ 1.1×10¹⁶ dyn cm⁻². The detailed solar model gives 2.3×10¹⁷ — the crude estimate is low by 20 because the real Sun is centrally concentrated, but the scaling is right.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: Newton's second law and his law of gravitation, including the shell theorem; the definition of pressure as force per unit area; and the geometry of a sphere. Assumptions: spherical symmetry (every quantity depends on r alone), no rotation, no magnetic stresses, pressure isotropic, and no acceleration — the star changes on timescales far longer than its free-fall time, which holds in every burning stage and fails in the collapse of section 11. Symbols: r = distance from the centre (cm); m(r) = mass contained inside radius r (g); ρ(r) = local mass density (g cm⁻³); P(r) = local pressure (dyn cm⁻²); a = area of the faces of the test element (cm²), not to be confused with the radiation constant; G = 6.6743×10⁻⁸ cgs; M, R = total mass and radius; Pc = central pressure; ρ̄ = mean density.
1. Isolate a test element: a small brick of gas between r and r + dr, with its two faces of area a perpendicular to the radius. Its mass is its volume times the local density. definition
2. Gravity on the element. By the shell theorem, all the mass inside r pulls as if it were concentrated at the centre, and the mass outside r pulls not at all — both statements are properties of the inverse-square law in spherical symmetry, and neither would hold for another exponent. imported
3. Pressure on the element. The gas below pushes outward on the inner face with P(r)a; the gas above pushes inward on the outer face with P(r + dr)a. Only the difference survives. definition
4. Expand P(r + dr) to first order in dr — the higher terms vanish with dr² when the element is made small. identity
5. Apply Newton's second law to the element and set the acceleration to zero: this is the definition of hydrostatic equilibrium. assumption
6. Divide by the common factor a dr — the size and shape of the test element drop out, as they must. The minus sign says the pressure has to rise inward. identity
7. The equation contains a second unknown, m(r), so it needs a companion. Define m(r) as the mass inside radius r and differentiate it: the shell between r and r + dr has area 4πr², thickness dr, and density ρ. definition
8. These two, with an equation of state P(ρ, T) and the transport equations (energy conservation), are the equations of stellar structure. The page's structure models solve the pair for P ∝ ρ1+1/n, which turns them into the Lane–Emden equation of section 3. imported
9. Estimate the central pressure by replacing every derivative with a ratio over the whole star — a dimensional reading of the same equation. approximation
10. Put the Sun in. The estimate is low by a factor of about 20 against the standard solar model's 2.3×10¹⁷ dyn cm⁻², because the real Sun is far more centrally concentrated than ρ̄ ~ M/R³ pretends — but the scaling with M and R is right, and it is what makes massive stars hot. numerical
11. Restore the acceleration term of step 5 and the same equation describes a star that is not in balance: a core whose pressure support fails collapses, and with P set to zero the solution is the free-fall time. identity
Result: dP/dr = −Gm(r)ρ(r)/r² together with dm/dr = 4πr²ρ. Derived: both, from Newton's laws and spherical geometry, with no free parameter. Measured: G, M☉ and R☉. Calculated: the order-of-magnitude central pressure Pc ~ GM²/R⁴ = 1.1×10¹⁶ dyn cm⁻² for the Sun, which is an estimate and not a solution — the true value needs the full system integrated, as in section 3.
③ Applicability and source
Rotation adds a centrifugal term and breaks spherical symmetry (small for most stars, important for rapid rotators); convection and turbulence add a small "turbulent pressure". The page's structure examples (section 3) are polytropes — exact solutions of this equation for P ∝ ρ1+1/n. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss, ch. 2.
Builds on: Newton's laws and gravitation, derivatives
Used by: Central temperature from mass and radius, The virial theorem and the negative heat capacity of stars, The mass–luminosity relation from homology, The radiative gradient and the Schwarzschild criterion for convection, The Chandrasekhar mass, The free-fall time
Assumptions and validity: a dilute gas in which encounters are independent; ⟨σv⟩ is the average over the relative-velocity distribution of the colliding pair. Exact bookkeeping, no physics approximations.
① In words
Picture one nucleus of type 1 flying at speed v through a sea of type-2 nuclei. It presents a "target area" σ (the cross-section) to each partner, and in one second it sweeps a tube of volume σv, meeting n₂σv partners. Multiply by the number of type-1 nuclei per cubic centimetre and average over the speeds in the gas, and you have the number of reactions per cubic centimetre per second. If the two species are the same, every pair has been counted twice, hence the ½.
Try it: at the solar centre np ≈ 6×10²⁵ cm⁻³ and ⟨σv⟩pp ≈ 1.2×10⁻⁴³ cm³ s⁻¹ (section 5). The rate is ½ np²⟨σv⟩ ≈ 2×10⁸ reactions cm⁻³ s⁻¹, and the lifetime of a proton against fusion is 1/(np⟨σv⟩) ≈ 1.4×10¹⁷ s ≈ 4 billion years — which is why the Sun lasts.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the definition of a cross-section as an effective target area; the distribution of the relative velocity of two species from the Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution, which is why one distribution built on μred replaces two; and ni = ρNAYi from counting particles. Assumptions: the gas is dilute, so encounters are binary and uncorrelated — the number of pairs is the product of the two densities; σ depends only on the relative speed; both species share one temperature. Symbols: σ(v) = cross-section (cm², or barns of 10⁻²⁴ cm²); v = relative speed (cm s⁻¹); ⟨σv⟩ = the rate coefficient, the average of σ times v over the relative-velocity distribution, in cm³ s⁻¹ for two bodies (the effective three-body coefficient of triple-alpha is in cm⁶ s⁻¹ instead); r₁₂ = reactions per cm³ per second; ni = number density (cm⁻³); Yi = molar abundance (mol g⁻¹), not the helium mass fraction Y; NA = 6.02214×10²³ mol⁻¹; δ₁₂ = 1 when the two species are the same and 0 otherwise; τ = mean lifetime (s).
1. Define the cross-section. Send projectiles at a slab of thickness dx holding n₂ targets per cm³; each target presents an area σ, so the target discs cover a fraction n₂σ dx of the slab's face, and that fraction is the probability of a reaction. definition
2. A projectile moving at relative speed v covers dx = v dt in a time dt, so the probability per unit time — the rate at which one projectile reacts — follows at once. identity
3. Multiply by how many projectiles there are per cm³ to get reactions per cm³ per second, still at one fixed relative speed. identity
4. In a real gas v is not fixed. Because the two velocity distributions separate into a centre-of-mass part and a relative part, the number of pairs per unit volume with relative speed in (v, v + dv) is n₁n₂f(v)dv, with f the single Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution built on the reduced mass. imported
5. Integrate over the distribution and name the average. This is the rate coefficient: everything about the nuclear physics and the temperature is inside it, and nothing about how many nuclei there are. Evaluating it in energy form is the thermonuclear rate integral. definition
6. So for two different species the rate per volume is the product of the two densities and the rate coefficient. identity
7. If the two species are the same, n₁n₂ = n₁² counts every pair twice — once as "a hits b" and once as "b hits a". The number of distinct pairs per unit volume is n₁(n₁ − 1)/2, and n₁ is of order 10²⁵ cm⁻³, so the −1 is irrelevant. identity
8. Write both cases as one formula with the Kronecker factor. This is the form used in the energy generation of sections 5 and 6, where what matters is how many reactions happen. definition
9. The destruction rate of a species is not the same thing as the reaction rate: each reaction of two identical nuclei removes two of them, so the factor 2 here exactly undoes the ½ of step 8. The ½ that belongs in the reaction rate therefore must not appear in the lifetime of a single nucleus, which does not pair with itself. identity
10. Convert to the variables a network actually integrates. Molar abundances are per gram, so they do not change when the gas is merely compressed; substitute ni = ρNAYi into the rate. identity
11. The bracket is what rate compilations tabulate — NA⟨σv⟩ in cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹ — because it is the combination that appears once the densities are written in molar form. Dividing the destruction rate of step 9 by ρNA gives the equation the network solves, in which the identical-particle factor has cancelled away. identity
12. Put in the solar centre: np ≈ 6×10²⁵ cm⁻³ and the pp rate coefficient ⟨σv⟩ ≈ 1.2×10⁻⁴³ cm³ s⁻¹ from section 5. Two protons are identical, so the reaction rate carries the ½ and the proton's lifetime does not. numerical
13. Three bodies are counted the same way: the distinct triples of identical particles number n³/3!, and the two-step resonant route of triple-alpha is summarised by an effective coefficient with units of cm⁶ s⁻¹ rather than cm³ s⁻¹. imported
Result: r₁₂ = n₁n₂⟨σv⟩/(1 + δ₁₂) reactions cm⁻³ s⁻¹, equivalently ρ²NAY₁Y₂[NA⟨σv⟩]/(1 + δ₁₂); the lifetime of one nucleus against the reaction is τ₁ = 1/(n₂⟨σv⟩), with no ½ (mean lifetime). Derived: all of the bookkeeping above — it contains no physics approximation beyond the dilute-gas assumption. Measured: σ(E), through the S-factor, which is the only place experiment enters. Calculated: ⟨σv⟩ from that measured cross-section and the temperature; the solar-centre rate 2×10⁸ cm⁻³ s⁻¹ and proton lifetime 1.4×10¹⁷ s ≈ 4 Gyr.
③ Applicability and source
Rates are tabulated as NA⟨σv⟩ in cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹ so that r = ρ²NAY₁Y₂ NA⟨σv⟩/(1 + δ₁₂); the page uses that form in the network. Source: Clayton 1983 §4-2; Iliadis 2015 §3.1.
Builds on: probability and rates, counting particles
Used by: Mean lifetime of a nucleus against a reaction, The thermonuclear rate integral, Energy generation rate per gram, CN-cycle equilibrium abundances and the ¹²C/¹³C ratio, The reaction-network equations, Energy generation of the pp chains, The ³He steady state and the pp branching ratios, Neutron capture and β-decay: slow and rapid, The classical s-process: σN along an exponential exposure distribution
Assumptions and validity: the partner density and temperature are constant over the lifetime; otherwise the survival probability must be integrated along the changing conditions, which is what the network does.
① In words
A nucleus in a stellar core is destroyed at a steady rate by collisions with its reaction partners, so it has an exponentially distributed lifetime whose mean is one over that rate. Comparing lifetimes is the quickest way to see what a burning cycle does: the slowest step is the bottleneck, and in steady state each species piles up in proportion to how long it survives.
Try it: in the CNO cycle at the solar centre the lifetime of ¹⁴N against proton capture is about 3.6×10⁸ years (page rates, present central X = 0.34), that of ¹⁵N about 7×10³ years. In a cycle that has reached steady state every nucleus passes each station once per lap, so ¹⁴N must be about 5×10⁴ times more abundant than ¹⁵N — which is why almost all the CNO nuclei end up as ¹⁴N (section 6).
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the destruction rate per nucleus λ = n₂⟨σv⟩ of the reaction rate per volume, and the integral ∫dx/x = ln|x| of integrals. The exponential law itself is derived here in place rather than imported; exponential decay runs the same argument for a radioactive nucleus, where λ is an intrinsic property instead of a product of density and rate coefficient. Assumptions: λ is constant over the interval considered — the partner density n₂ and the temperature do not change while the nucleus waits, which is what fails inside the network, where the survival probability has to be integrated along changing conditions; destruction events are independent of the nucleus's past (no memory). Symbols: λ = probability per unit time that one nucleus is destroyed (s⁻¹); N(t) = number of survivors out of N₀; S(t) = survival probability; p(t) = probability density of the destruction time (s⁻¹); τ = mean lifetime (s); t1/2 = half-life; ⟨σv⟩ = rate coefficient (cm³ s⁻¹); nj = density of partner j; F = production rate per unit volume.
1. Import the rate. Each nucleus of species 1 sees a flux of partners and is destroyed with a fixed probability per unit time — a given nucleus never pairs with itself, so there is no identical-particle ½ here. imported
2. Write the rate equation. In a time dt each of the N survivors has probability λdt of going, so the expected loss is λN dt. definition
3. Separate the variables and integrate both sides from 0 to t, using ∫dN/N = ln N. identity
4. Read off the survival probability, and differentiate it to get the probability density of the moment of destruction: the chance of surviving to t and then going in dt. definition
5. Average the destruction time over that density. Use ∫₀∞x e−x/bdx = b² with b = 1/λ (integration by parts once). identity
6. Substitute the rate of step 1: the mean lifetime is one over the destruction rate, which is the header equation of this entry. identity
7. The half-life is a different average of the same exponential — the median, not the mean — and the two differ by ln 2, which is why quoting one for the other is a 44 % error. identity
8. Several destruction channels: the probabilities per unit time add, because the channels are independent and a nucleus is destroyed by whichever comes first. The branching fraction into channel j is its share of the total rate. identity
9. Steady state. If species i is made at a rate F per unit volume and destroyed with lifetime τi, its abundance settles where production balances destruction — so in a cycle that has come to equilibrium, abundances are proportional to lifetimes, which is the whole content of the CNO equilibrium. identity
10. Apply that to the CNO cycle at the solar centre with the page's rates: every nucleus in the cycle passes each station once per lap, so the abundance ratio is the lifetime ratio, and ¹⁴N — by far the slowest station — hoards the catalysts. numerical
11. The same comparison decides a branch when two different processes compete for one nucleus. For ⁷Be at the solar centre, electron capture (82 d) runs against proton capture (84 yr), and the ratio of the two rates is the inverse ratio of the lifetimes. numerical
Result: τ = 1/λ, with λ = Σjnj⟨σv⟩j over all channels; abundances in a steady cycle follow the lifetimes. Derived: the exponential survival law and τ = 1/λ from the rate equation; the addition of channels; ni = Fτi. Measured: the cross-sections behind each ⟨σv⟩, and the ⁷Be electron-capture rate. Calculated: the lifetimes quoted here, from the page's own rates at the stated density, temperature and composition; the ¹⁴N/¹⁵N ratio of 5×10⁴ and the pp-III : pp-II split of about 1 : 380. The constant-λ assumption is what makes these single numbers rather than integrals.
③ Applicability
Lifetimes against β-decay (¹³N: 10 min) and against capture (¹³N + p at the solar centre: about 10⁸ years, so the decay always wins there; only at the temperatures and densities of novae and X-ray bursts, T ≳ 10⁸ K with ρ ≳ 10³ g cm⁻³, does capture compete — the hot CNO cycle) are compared the same way to decide which happens first; in the pp chain the ⁷Be electron-capture lifetime (82 d) competes with proton capture (84 yr at the solar centre with X = 0.34) to set the split between pp-II and pp-III: pp-III : pp-II ≈ 1 : 380 at the centre.
Builds on: reaction rate, exponential decay
Used by: CN-cycle equilibrium abundances and the ¹²C/¹³C ratio, The ³He steady state and the pp branching ratios, Neutron capture and β-decay: slow and rapid, The r-process waiting-point (Saha) condition
Assumptions and validity: exact bookkeeping with atomic mass excesses; the only care needed is with leptons — positrons, electrons and neutrinos — which is handled in the β-decay entry.
① In words
The energy released in a reaction is the mass that disappears, times c². Because nucleon number is conserved, only the small "mass excess" part of each mass matters, and the Q-value is simply the sum of the mass excesses going in minus the sum coming out. Equivalently, it is the binding energy of the products minus that of the reactants: energy comes out when the products are bound more tightly.
Try it: ¹²C + p → ¹³N + γ. Mass excesses (keV): ¹²C 0 (by definition), ¹H 7288.971, ¹³N 5345.5. Q = 0 + 7288.971 − 5345.5 = 1943.5 keV = 1.944 MeV, the value printed in section 6. Check with binding energies: B(¹³N) − B(¹²C) = 94.105 − 92.162 = 1.943 MeV.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: conservation of energy including rest energy (mass–energy equivalence), the mass-excess definition and the binding-energy formula B = ZΔH + NΔn − Δ of binding energy. Assumptions: the nuclides start and finish in their ground states; atomic electron binding energies are neglected, as in every mass table; neutrinos are massless. Symbols: Q = total energy release of a reaction (rest-mass difference, MeV) — with atomic masses the electron bookkeeping stated explicitly at each step; Qdep = the part deposited in the gas, which is Q minus the mean neutrino energy; Qν = ⟨Eν⟩ = the neutrino's share; Δ = mass excess; M = atomic mass, m = nuclear mass; A = mass number; muc² = 931.494 MeV; mec² = 0.51100 MeV.
1. Define Q as the rest energy that disappears. Energy conservation says it reappears as kinetic energy of the products plus the energy of any photons, so Q > 0 means an exothermic reaction. definition
2. Masses are almost exactly A mu — the interesting part is the remainder, so tables list the mass excess. definition
3. Substitute that for every participant. Nucleon number is conserved, so the two big muc² sums are equal and cancel, and only the mass excesses are left. This is why a table of mass excesses is all one needs. identity
4. Now express the same thing in binding energies. Invert B = ZΔH + NΔn − Δ to get Δ = ZΔH + NΔn − B, and sum over each side of a reaction in which Z and N are separately conserved — no weak decay. The ΔH and Δn terms then cancel between the sides exactly as the muc² terms did. identity
5. Work an example both ways: ¹²C + p → ¹³N + γ, with Δ(¹²C) = 0 by the definition of the mass unit, ΔH = 7288.971 keV, Δ(¹³N) = 5345.48 keV, and the binding energies from the same table. The two routes agree to the rounding, as they must. numerical
6. The electron bookkeeping. Mass tables list neutral atoms, so each entry silently carries Z electrons. When the reaction creates no leptons and conserves charge, the same number of electrons sits on each side and they cancel — ¹²C + ¹H has 6 + 1 = 7, ¹³N has 7 — so atomic masses may be used without a second thought. assumption
7. When a positron is created the counts no longer match, so do it with nuclear masses first. Take p + p → ²H + e⁺ + ν: two free protons in, one deuteron plus a positron out. definition
8. Convert each nuclear mass to its atomic mass by adding back the electrons it lacks: mp = M(¹H) − me and md = M(²H) − me. Count them: −2 from the two hydrogens, +1 from the deuterium, −1 for the positron, so two electron masses are left over. identity
9. Evaluate both pieces with ΔH = 7288.971 keV and Δ(²H) = 13135.722 keV. The atomic-mass difference is the number a table gives; the kinetic energy the reaction itself releases is 1022 keV smaller. numerical
10. In a star the positron finds an electron and annihilates, returning exactly those 2mec² as photons. So the atomic-mass value is the right total for stellar energy generation — the bookkeeping that looked like an accident is the physical answer, provided the annihilation is included. Both numbers appear in section 5, labelled; the general rules for β⁺, β⁻ and capture are in β-decay Q-values. identity
11. The neutrino leaves the star without interacting, carrying its average energy with it. What heats the gas is the rest, and these are the Qdep values the energy-generation formulas use. definition
Result: Q = ΣΔin − ΣΔout = ΣBproducts − ΣBreactants for a reaction without weak decays; when a positron is made, the atomic-mass difference already includes the 1.022 MeV of annihilation, and Qdep = Q − ⟨Eν⟩. Derived: every cancellation above. Measured: the mass excesses (AME2020), mec², and the mean neutrino energy ⟨Eν⟩ = 0.265 MeV for pp, which comes from the shape of the β spectrum rather than from the masses. Calculated: Q(¹²C + p) = 1.9435 MeV, Q(p + p) = 1.4422 MeV atomic / 0.4202 MeV nuclear, Qdep(p + p) = 1.177 MeV. The page's self-test re-checks 20 such Q-values against the literature at load time.
③ Applicability and source
Atomic electron binding energies are neglected, as in every mass table: they total about 0.8 MeV summed over all 92 electrons of uranium and about 35 keV for iron, but nearly all of that cancels between the two sides of a reaction, leaving an error on Q of at most tens of keV. Mass excesses: AME2020 (Wang et al. 2021); the page's self-test checks 20 Q-values against the literature at load time.
Builds on: mass–energy equivalence, binding energy, counting particles
Used by: Q-values of β⁺ decay, electron capture and β⁻ decay, Main-sequence lifetime, Energy generation rate per gram, Energy generation of the CNO cycle in steady state, Energy generation of the pp chains, The luminosity constraint on the solar neutrino fluxes, The r-process waiting-point (Saha) condition
Assumptions and validity: atomic mass excesses (electrons included); the daughter's atomic binding-energy differences (keV) are neglected; the neutrino is massless.
① In words
When a proton inside a nucleus turns into a neutron it emits a positron and a neutrino. Using atomic masses hides two things: the daughter atom has one electron fewer than the parent, and a positron of mass me had to be created. So the energy available is the atomic mass difference minus two electron masses — the mass of the positron plus the surplus atomic electron that no longer belongs to anyone. Electron capture, the competing process, absorbs an atomic electron instead of creating a positron and gains that 1.022 MeV back.
Try it: ¹³N → ¹³C + e⁺ + ν. Δ(¹³N) = 5345.5 keV, Δ(¹³C) = 3125.0 keV. Qβ⁺ = 5345.5 − 3125.0 − 1022.0 = 1198.5 keV = 1.199 MeV. Add back the 1.022 MeV released when the positron annihilates with an electron in the star and 2.221 MeV is deposited in total (minus the neutrino's share) — the number in section 6.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: Q-values from masses — Q is the rest energy that disappears — and B = ZΔH + NΔn − Δ from binding energy. Assumptions: atomic mass excesses (each entry carries its Z electrons), the difference in atomic electron binding between parent and daughter neglected (eV to keV), massless neutrino, parent and daughter in their ground states, recoil energy negligible. Symbols: M(Z,N) = atomic mass, m(Z,N) = bare nuclear mass; mec² = 0.51100 MeV, so 2mec² = 1.0220 MeV; Δ = mass excess; ΔB = B(daughter) − B(parent); Qβ⁺, Qβ⁻, QEC = energy released to the lepton pair and the recoiling daughter; Qdep = what is left in the gas after the neutrino escapes and any positron annihilates.
1. β⁺ decay at the nuclear level: a proton inside the nucleus becomes a neutron, and a positron and a neutrino are created. The positron's rest mass has to be paid for out of the mass difference. definition
2. Relate nuclear to atomic masses. A neutral atom is its nucleus plus Z electrons, up to the electron binding energy, which reaches about 0.8 MeV summed over all the electrons of the heaviest atoms but differs between parent and daughter by only tens of keV, since they differ by one electron. approximation
3. Substitute for both nuclei and count the electrons: −Z from the parent, +(Z − 1) from the daughter, −1 for the positron. Two electron masses survive. identity
4. So β⁺ decay has a threshold: the atomic mass difference must exceed 1.0220 MeV, or the decay cannot happen at all however favourable the nuclear physics. numerical
5. Electron capture competes for the same transition: instead of creating a positron the nucleus swallows one of its own atomic electrons. Now count again — −Z from the parent, +1 for the captured electron, +(Z − 1) from the daughter — and the electron masses cancel completely. identity
6. Hence capture is open whenever the atomic mass difference is positive at all, while β⁺ needs 1.022 MeV more. ⁷Be is the case that matters for the Sun: its atomic mass difference from ⁷Li is 0.862 MeV, below the threshold, so it can only capture — and because the capture rate depends on the electron density, its lifetime depends on where in the star it sits (⁷Be capture). numerical
7. β⁻ decay: a neutron becomes a proton, and the emitted electron is exactly the one the daughter atom now needs to stay neutral. Counting: −Z from the parent, +(Z + 1) from the daughter, −1 for the emitted electron — everything cancels, with no 2mec² penalty. identity
8. Now put these in terms of binding energies, which is how one sees at a glance which way a nuclide will go. Write Δ = ZΔH + NΔn − B for parent and daughter and subtract: for β⁺ the daughter has one proton fewer and one neutron more. identity
9. Evaluate the constant ΔH − Δn once; it is the mass difference that makes a free neutron unstable and a free proton stable. numerical
10. Assemble the three rules. Each is the change in binding energy, offset by a fixed constant of the weak interaction's bookkeeping. identity
11. Check the β⁻ rule on the simplest possible case, the free neutron, where parent and daughter are both unbound so ΔB = 0. The measured value is 0.7823 MeV — the rule reproduces it because that is the same number read the other way. numerical
12. Work the CNO example: ¹³N → ¹³C + e⁺ + ν, with Δ(¹³N) = 5345.48 keV and Δ(¹³C) = 3125.01 keV. numerical
13. Add what the star gets back. The positron annihilates with an ambient electron and returns 2mec², so the budget before the neutrino is subtracted is the plain atomic mass difference — the same for a β⁺ decay and for the electron capture that competes with it. The two routes differ only in how much the neutrino takes. identity
Result: Qβ⁺ = [M(Z,N) − M(Z−1,N+1)]c² − 2mec², QEC = [M(Z,N) − M(Z−1,N+1)]c², Qβ⁻ = [M(Z,N) − M(Z+1,N−1)]c²; in binding energies, ΔB − 1.804, ΔB − 0.782 and ΔB + 0.782 MeV. Derived: the electron counting in all three cases and the equality of the total budget for β⁺ and capture. Measured: the mass excesses (AME2020), mec², and the mean neutrino energies, which depend on the shape of each β spectrum and are not fixed by the masses. Calculated: 2mec² = 1.0220 MeV, the ⁷Be difference of 0.862 MeV that closes the β⁺ channel, Qβ⁺(¹³N) = 1.1985 MeV and 2.221 MeV including annihilation. How fast a decay goes is a different question entirely — phase space (∝ Q⁵ for allowed decays) and nuclear matrix elements — and the page imports those half-lives from NUBASE2020.
③ Applicability and source
The weak-interaction rates themselves (how fast a decay happens) are a separate matter, set by the phase space (∝ Q⁵ for allowed decays) and nuclear matrix elements; the page takes half-lives from NUBASE2020. Source: Krane, ch. 9; Iliadis 2015 §1.8.
Builds on: Q-values, binding energy
Used by: The abundance–energy closure test, Electron capture on ⁷Be in a plasma, The pep reaction relative to p + p, The radioactive tail: ⁵⁶Ni → ⁵⁶Co → ⁵⁶Fe and γ-ray trapping, Inverse beta decay: counting supernova neutrinos, Neutron capture and β-decay: slow and rapid
Assumptions and validity: the nucleus as a charged liquid drop of constant density, with two quantum corrections (asymmetry and pairing). Reproduces binding energies to ~1 % for A ≳ 20; misses shell effects (magic numbers), which is why the real ⁵⁶Fe/⁶²Ni peak and the r-process peaks need the measured masses that the page uses instead.
① In words
Five effects decide how tightly a nucleus is bound. The strong force binds each nucleon to its neighbours (volume term, ∝ A); nucleons at the surface have fewer neighbours (surface term, ∝ A2/3); protons repel one another (Coulomb term, ∝ Z²/A1/3); the exclusion principle makes it costly to have many more neutrons than protons (asymmetry term); and nucleons like to pair up (pairing term). Together they explain the curve of section 2: the rise at small A is the surface penalty shrinking, the fall beyond iron is the Coulomb penalty growing.
Try it (⁵⁶Fe, coefficients in MeV: aV = 15.75, aS = 17.8, aC = 0.711, aA = 23.7, aP = 11.18): volume 15.75 × 56 = 882.0; surface −17.8 × 562/3 = −260.6; Coulomb −0.711 × 26 × 25/561/3 = −120.8; asymmetry −23.7 × (56 − 52)²/56 = −6.8; pairing +11.18/√56 = +1.5 (even–even). Total 495.3 MeV, 8.84 MeV per nucleon; measured: 492.3 MeV, 8.79 per nucleon.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the liquid-drop picture — nuclear matter of constant density with a short-range saturating attraction, so R = r₀A1/3 from the size of a nucleus; Coulomb's law; the Pauli principle with the state counting of a Fermi gas; and the definition of B from binding energy. Assumptions: each term's dependence on A and Z is derived from those pictures, while its coefficient is fitted to the measured masses — that is what "semi-empirical" means; shell structure is ignored entirely. Symbols: A = mass number, Z = protons, N = A − Z = neutrons; B = binding energy (MeV, positive for a bound nucleus); aV, aS, aC, aA, aP = the five fitted coefficients (MeV); R = r₀A1/3 with r₀ = 1.2 fm; e² = 1.43996 MeV fm; ρch = charge density; pF, kF = pF/ħ, EF = Fermi momentum, wavenumber and energy of one kind of nucleon; m = nucleon mass, mc² = 938.9 MeV (the mean of proton and neutron); n = number density of one kind of nucleon; δ(A,Z) = pairing term.
1. Volume term. The nuclear force is short-ranged, so a nucleon in the interior is bound by its fixed number of nearest neighbours and not by the whole nucleus — that is saturation, and it is also what makes the density constant. Each nucleon then contributes the same energy, and the total is proportional to how many there are. assumption
2. Surface term. Step 1 credited every nucleon with a full set of neighbours, which is wrong for those at the surface, so a correction must be subtracted. The number of such nucleons scales with the surface area, and the area scales as R² ∝ A2/3. identity
3. Coulomb term: build the charged sphere shell by shell. When charge q has already been assembled into a sphere of radius x, bringing a further shell dq in from infinity costs q dq/x, by the same work integral as the Coulomb barrier. definition
4. Express q and dq for a uniform charge density: the charge inside x grows as the volume, and the shell's charge is the density times its volume. identity
5. Substitute and integrate from 0 to R, using ∫x⁴dx = x⁵/5. identity
6. That energy is stored in the nucleus, so it is subtracted from the binding. Replace Z² by Z(Z − 1) because a proton does not repel itself — there are Z(Z − 1)/2 distinct pairs, not Z²/2 — and substitute R = r₀A1/3. identity
7. This one coefficient can be predicted outright, since e² and r₀ are already known. It lands within 1.3 % of the fitted value — the liquid drop really does describe the electrostatics. numerical
8. Asymmetry term. Protons and neutrons are distinguishable fermions, so by the Pauli principle each kind fills its own ladder of levels from the bottom. Count the levels as a Fermi gas in the nuclear volume: the states fill momentum space up to pF, two spin states per cell of h³. imported
9. The mean kinetic energy per particle in such a filled ladder is the average of p²/2m over the filled sphere, weighted by the number of states at each momentum, which is proportional to p²dp. The total is that mean times the number of particles. identity
10. Add the two ladders. Since EF ∝ (number/volume)2/3, the kinetic energy of each kind goes as its number to the 5/3 power, and the volume V is proportional to A. identity
11. Expand in the imbalance. Write D = N − Z, so N = (A + D)/2 and Z = (A − D)/2, factor out (A/2)5/3 and expand (1 ± x)5/3 = 1 ± (5/3)x + (5/9)x² + … to second order. The linear terms cancel between the two species — the reason the penalty is quadratic — and the leading correction is (10/9)x². approximation
12. Put that back into step 10 with V ∝ A. The first term is proportional to A and is therefore indistinguishable from the volume term — it is absorbed into aV by the fit. The second is the asymmetry term, and it carries the (N − Z)²/A shape. identity
13. Check the size of the predicted coefficient. At nuclear density each kind has about 0.085 nucleons fm⁻³, giving EF ≈ 38 MeV and aA ≈ 12.8 MeV — only half the fitted 23.7 MeV. The missing half is not a mistake: the nuclear force itself binds unlike pairs more strongly than like pairs, and that potential-energy asymmetry has the same (N − Z)²/A shape. Kinetic counting gives the form; only the fit gives the size. numerical
14. Pairing term. Nucleons of the same kind couple pairwise to zero spin and gain a little extra binding; nothing above predicts it, and both its A−1/2 shape and its size are empirical. imported
15. Assemble the five terms. identity
16. The coefficients are fitted to the measured masses, not calculated. These are the Rohlf (1994) values the page quotes; other fits differ at the per-cent level, which is why the formula is a picture of the trend and not a source of masses. imported
17. Evaluate all five terms for ⁵⁶Fe (Z = 26, N = 30, A1/3 = 3.826, A2/3 = 14.64). The sum is 0.6 % above the measured 492.26 MeV — good, and still 3 MeV out, which is the scale of the shell effects the formula omits. numerical
18. First consequence: the valley of stability. At fixed A the most bound isobar is where B stops increasing with Z, so differentiate the Coulomb and asymmetry terms with respect to Z and set the result to zero. identity
19. Solve for Z, dropping the 1 beside 2Z. The result bends away from Z = A/2 toward neutron-rich nuclei as A grows, because the Coulomb penalty grows with A2/3 while the asymmetry penalty does not. identity
20. Test it at both ends of the chart: A = 56 and A = 238. It picks out iron and uranium to within one unit of charge. numerical
21. Second consequence: why the curve of section 2 has a maximum. For light nuclei take Z ≈ A/2 and Z(Z − 1) ≈ A²/4, so that B/A has just two competing A-dependent terms, and differentiate. approximation
22. Set the derivative to zero: the shrinking surface penalty gains on the growing Coulomb penalty up to A ≈ 50, and loses beyond it. With the true Z(A) of step 19 and the pairing term the maximum sits nearer A ≈ 60 (⁵⁶Fe, ⁶²Ni) — but the mechanism is this balance, and it is why nothing beyond iron releases energy by fusing. identity
Result: B(A,Z) = aVA − aSA2/3 − aCZ(Z−1)/A1/3 − aA(A−2Z)²/A + δ(A,Z). Derived: the A and Z dependence of the first four terms — volume from saturation, surface as a correction to it, Coulomb from the energy of a uniformly charged sphere, asymmetry from the Fermi-gas kinetic energy expanded to second order in N − Z — together with aC = (3/5)e²/r₀ = 0.720 MeV, which is the only coefficient the derivation predicts. Measured or fitted: aV, aS, aC, aA and aP (Rohlf 1994), and the pairing term's shape as well as its size. Calculated: B(⁵⁶Fe) = 495.3 MeV against the measured 492.26; the valley of stability Z = A/(2 + 0.0150A2/3), giving 25.2 at A = 56 and 92.4 at A = 238; the B/A maximum near A ≈ 50 in this simplified form. The page itself uses measured masses everywhere, never this formula, precisely because the ~1 % residual is exactly the shell structure that decides the iron peak and the r-process path.
③ Applicability and source
Weizsäcker (1935), Bethe & Bacher (1936). The coefficients used here follow Rohlf (1994); other fits differ at the per-cent level. Shell corrections (Strutinsky) add up to ±10 MeV near magic numbers — the FRDM95 masses used for the r-process path in section 13 are a liquid drop plus exactly such corrections.
Builds on: binding energy, the size of a nucleus, Coulomb's law, the Pauli principle
Assumptions and validity: an exact definition; the number ν describes the function near one point, and only a genuine power law has the same ν everywhere.
① In words
"ε goes as T¹⁸" means: raise the temperature by 1 % and the energy generation rises by about 18 %. The exponent is the slope of the curve on a log–log plot. For a function that is not a pure power law the slope changes from point to point, and the local slope is what this page quotes as ν — for the pp chain it is about 4 near the solar centre but 6 in a cool red dwarf.
Try it: if ⟨σv⟩ doubles when T rises from 15 to 16 MK, then ν = ln 2/ln(16/15) = 0.693/0.0645 = 10.7. Reverse: with ν = 18, a 2 % rise in T (factor 1.02) multiplies the rate by 1.02¹⁸ = 1.43.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the rules of logarithms and the chain rule of derivatives. Symbols: y = f(x) > 0 any positive function of a positive variable; ν the local exponent; C, b constants.
1. For a pure power law take logarithms: on axes ln x, ln y the graph is a straight line of slope ν. definition
2. For any positive function define ν as the slope of that plot at a point; the chain rule turns it into an ordinary derivative because d ln y = dy/y and d ln x = dx/x. definition
3. Read it as a rule for small changes: a fractional change in x produces ν times that fractional change in y, and near the point the function looks like a power law anchored there. identity
4. Products, quotients and powers: because ln(fg) = ln f + ln g, the exponents add, subtract and scale. Example: εCNO ∝ ρXXCNO⟨σv⟩ has νT = ν(⟨σv⟩) and νρ = 1. identity
5. The exponential that governs fusion rates: differentiate ln y = −b x−1/3 and multiply by x — this is the origin of the temperature exponent (τ − 2)/3. identity
6. The example of ①, and how the page evaluates ν: a centred difference of the logarithm at 0.99x and 1.01x, which is the true local slope rather than a textbook round number. numerical
Result: ν = d ln y/d ln x = (x/y) dy/dx, a definition; everything else in this entry is an identity that follows from it.
③ Applicability
The page computes ν numerically as [ln y(1.01x) − ln y(0.99x)]/[ln 1.01 − ln 0.99] wherever it quotes an exponent, so the quoted values are the true local slopes, not textbook round numbers.
Builds on: logarithms, derivatives
Used by: Main-sequence lifetime, The temperature exponent ν = (τ − 2)/3, The radiative gradient and the Schwarzschild criterion for convection, Kilonova: heating, thermalisation and diffusion time, The plateau of a hydrogen-rich supernova (Popov scaling)
Assumptions and validity: hydrostatic equilibrium and an ideal gas. The "number of order 1" depends on how centrally concentrated the star is: 0.85 for a standard (n = 3) polytrope. Fails where the electrons are degenerate, because then pressure no longer measures temperature.
① In words
Gravity squeezes the centre of a star to a pressure of about GM²/R⁴, and an ideal gas at that pressure and density must have a temperature of about (μmu/k)(GM/R) — ten million kelvin for the Sun. Only the ratio M/R matters, and since main-sequence radii grow more slowly than masses, heavier stars have hotter centres. Nothing nuclear enters: gravity alone sets the ignition conditions, and fusion merely replaces the energy the star radiates so that the contraction pauses.
Try it (Sun): μmuGM/(kR) with μ = 0.6: 0.6 × 1.66×10⁻²⁴ g × 6.67×10⁻⁸ × 1.99×10³³ g/(1.38×10⁻¹⁶ erg K⁻¹ × 6.96×10¹⁰ cm) = 1.4×10⁷ K. The detailed solar model gives 1.57×10⁷ K.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: hydrostatic equilibrium; the ideal-gas pressure; order-of-magnitude replacement of derivatives by ratios; the central values of a polytrope of index 3 (imported). Symbols: μ = μgas the mean molecular weight (not a reduced mass); m(r) the mass inside r; ρ̄ = 3M/(4πR³) the mean density; Pc, ρc, Tc the central values.
1. Hydrostatic equilibrium written with the mass as the coordinate (dm = 4πr²ρ dr). imported
2. A rigorous lower bound on the central pressure: integrate from the centre (Pc) to the surface (P = 0); since r ≤ R everywhere, replacing r by R can only make the integrand smaller. identity
3. Order of magnitude: the same integral with r of order R gives Pc ~ GM²/R⁴ up to a factor of order 1 (fixed in step 6). approximation
4. Ideal gas at the centre. imported
5. With ρc ~ M/R³ one power of the mass cancels and only M/R survives. identity
6. The number: for a polytrope of index 3 (a good model of the Sun) Pc = 11.05 GM²/R⁴ and ρc = 54.2 ρ̄; combine them with ρ̄ = 3M/(4πR³). imported
7. Numbers for the Sun: with μ = 0.6 the bare combination is 1.4×10⁷ K (① above); with the Sun's central μ ≈ 0.85 (the core is already one-third helium by number) and the 0.854, the estimate lands within 8 % of the standard solar model's 1.57×10⁷ K. numerical
8. The contraction line: eliminate R with ρc ∝ M/R³, i.e. R ∝ (M/ρc)1/3. A core of fixed mass that contracts moves up a line of slope 1/3 in the log ρ–log T plane, a heavier core follows a higher line (the white track in the section-3 figure), and each fuel ignites where the line crosses its ignition temperature. identity
Result: Tc ≈ 0.854 μmuGM/(kR) for an n = 3 star, and Tc ∝ M2/3ρc1/3 along a contraction. Derived: the scaling and the bound of step 2; Imported: the polytropic numbers 11.05 and 54.2; Calculated: the Sun's 1.7×10⁷ K.
③ Applicability and source
The estimate assumes the pressure is thermal. Where electrons are degenerate (right of the wall in the T–ρ diagram) the pressure is fixed by density alone, contraction no longer heats the gas, and the line bends over: low-mass cores stop before helium (below 0.5 M☉) or carbon (below ~8 M☉) ignition. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 19 (polytropes); Clayton ch. 2.
Builds on: hydrostatic equilibrium, ideal-gas pressure, dimensional analysis
Used by: The mass–luminosity relation from homology
Assumptions and validity: hydrostatic equilibrium, spherical symmetry, and a gas whose internal energy per volume is (3/2)P (a monatomic ideal gas). Radiation pressure and degeneracy change the factor 3/2, and the statement of the theorem changes accordingly (tier ③).
① In words
Add up the thermal energy of every particle in a star and compare it with the gravitational energy: the thermal energy is always exactly half the size of the gravitational energy, with the opposite sign. So the total energy is negative, and equal to minus the thermal energy. A star that loses energy by shining therefore becomes more negative in total, which means its thermal energy must rise: it gets hotter as it loses energy. Half the gravitational energy released by shrinking is radiated, half heats the gas. This "negative heat capacity" is the engine that drives a star from one fuel to the next.
Try it: for a uniform sphere Ω = −(3/5)GM²/R; for the Sun, 2.3×10⁴⁸ erg in magnitude (GM²/R = 3.8×10⁴⁸ erg; a real, centrally concentrated star has |Ω| ≈ (3/2)GM²/R ≈ 5.7×10⁴⁸ erg). Radiating at L☉ = 3.8×10³³ erg s⁻¹, the Sun could live on half of that for |Ω|/(2L) ≈ 3×10¹⁴ s ≈ 9 million years (uniform sphere) to 24 million (n = 3 polytrope) — the Kelvin–Helmholtz time. Since the Sun is 4.6 billion years old, gravity cannot be its power source.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: hydrostatic equilibrium; the gravitational energy of a shell brought in from infinity (Newtonian gravity); the internal energy of a monatomic ideal gas; integration by parts (integrals). Symbols: m = m(r) the mass inside radius r; Ω the gravitational potential energy (negative); K the total thermal energy of the gas; u the internal energy per volume; dV = 4πr²dr; L the total rate of energy loss (photons and, late in life, neutrinos).
1. Hydrostatic equilibrium. imported
2. Multiply both sides by the volume 4πr³ and integrate from the centre to the surface; on the right, 4πr²ρ dr is the shell mass dm. identity
3. The right-hand side is the gravitational potential energy: the work needed to bring each shell dm in from infinity to radius r against the pull of the mass m inside is −Gm dm/r. definition
4. Integrate the left side by parts; the boundary term vanishes because r = 0 at the centre and P = 0 at the surface. identity
5. For a monatomic ideal gas the thermal energy per volume is (3/2)nkT = (3/2)P, so the pressure integral is two thirds of the total thermal energy. imported
6. Combine steps 2–5: the virial theorem, and the total energy that follows from it. identity
7. No nuclear energy is being released, and L stands for every loss the star suffers (photons and neutrinos). assumption
8. Negative heat capacity: the total energy falls at the rate of the losses; since Etot = −K the thermal energy grows at exactly that rate, and Ω falls twice as fast (the star contracts). Heat it and it expands and cools; cool it and it contracts and warms. identity
9. Ω for a uniform sphere: m = M(r/R)³ and dm = 3Mr²dr/R³; the integrand becomes a power of r. Real stars are centrally concentrated: for a polytrope of index n, Ω = −3GM²/((5 − n)R), i.e. −(3/2)GM²/R for n = 3 (imported). identity
10. The Kelvin–Helmholtz time: the thermal reservoir is K = |Ω|/2, so a star can shine on gravity alone for |Ω|/(2L). For the Sun: GM²/R = 6.674×10⁻⁸ × (1.989×10³³)²/6.957×10¹⁰ = 3.80×10⁴⁸ erg, |Ω| = 2.3×10⁴⁸ erg (uniform) and 2.3×10⁴⁸/(2 × 3.83×10³³) = 3.0×10¹⁴ s = 9.5 Myr, or 24 Myr for n = 3 — the time the core takes to contract and heat between burning stages, and the reason Kelvin's 1862 age for the Sun was so short. numerical
The thermostat: fusion rates rise as Tν with ν between 4 and 40. If the core over-produced energy, K would exceed its virial value; the excess pressure expands the star, which by step 8 cools the gas and throttles the reactions. The feedback works only while the pressure is thermal — degenerate cores have no thermostat, which is what makes the helium flash and Type Ia supernovae. Every burning stage on this page is set up this way: the fuel runs out, the core contracts on the Kelvin–Helmholtz time and heats until the next fuel ignites.
Result: 2K + Ω = 0, Etot = −K = Ω/2, dK/dt = +L when nothing burns; Ω = −(3/5)GM²/R for a uniform sphere. Derived: all of it from hydrostatic equilibrium and u = (3/2)P; Imported: the polytropic factor 3/(5 − n); Calculated: 2.3×10⁴⁸ erg and 9 Myr for the Sun.
③ Applicability and source
With radiation pressure the energy per volume of the photons is 3Prad, so 3∫P dV = 2Kgas + Krad and Etot = −Kgas: as radiation pressure takes over (above ~100 M☉) the star's binding energy goes to zero and it is easily disrupted. For a degenerate gas the internal energy is not thermal at all, so contraction no longer raises the temperature. A time-dependent form, with a (1/2)d²I/dt² term, governs collapse and pulsation. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 3; Clayton ch. 2.
Builds on: hydrostatic equilibrium, the ideal gas, Newtonian gravity, integrals
Used by: Gravitational versus baryonic mass of a neutron star
Assumptions and validity: classical, non-degenerate particles that interact only through brief collisions. Holds for the ions in every star on this page and for the electrons in main-sequence cores; fails for electrons in white dwarfs and presupernova cores (degeneracy) and needs the radiation term added above ~10 M☉.
① In words
Gas pressure is the drumming of particles on a surface: each collision transfers momentum, and the rate of collisions times the momentum per collision is a force per area. Faster (hotter) particles hit harder and more often, so pressure grows with temperature; more particles per volume means more hits. The pressure does not care how heavy the particles are — a proton and an electron at the same temperature contribute the same — which is why the count of free particles per unit mass, 1/μ, is what matters in a star.
Try it (solar centre): ρ = 150 g cm⁻³, T = 1.57×10⁷ K, μ = 0.85 (helium-enriched core): P = 150 × 1.38×10⁻¹⁶ × 1.57×10⁷/(0.85 × 1.66×10⁻²⁴) = 2.3×10¹⁷ dyn cm⁻² — 2×10¹¹ atmospheres, matching the value in the standard solar model.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the momentum-flux derivation of pressure (the ideal gas); the mean kinetic energy of a Maxwell–Boltzmann gas; the particle count per unit mass (mean molecular weight). Symbols: n the number density of all free particles; m the particle mass; ⟨v²⟩ the mean square speed; μ = μgas the mean molecular weight; mu the atomic mass unit; u the internal energy per volume.
1. Kinetic theory: the momentum carried through a surface per unit area and time by particles of number density n is one third of nm⟨v²⟩ (the 1/3 is the average of cos²θ over directions). imported
2. Temperature is defined by the mean kinetic energy, so P = nkT for each species — independent of the particle mass — and the pressures of the species add. imported
3. Count the free particles per unit mass: ntot = ρ/(μmu), with 1/μ = 2X + (3/4)Y + Z/2 for a fully ionised gas. imported
4. Internal energy: (3/2)kT per particle, so u = (3/2)ntotkT = (3/2)P per unit volume — the relation used in the virial theorem. identity
5. Numbers at the solar centre (the example of ①). numerical
Result: P = ρkT/(μmu) and u = (3/2)P. Derived from kinetic theory and the definition of temperature; the composition enters only through μ.
③ Applicability and source
Coulomb interactions between the ions correct the pressure by a few per cent at the solar centre (the plasma coupling parameter Γ ≈ 0.1) and dominate in white-dwarf interiors, where the ions crystallise. Partial ionisation in envelopes changes μ. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 13.
Builds on: the ideal gas, mean molecular weight
Used by: Central temperature from mass and radius, Electron degeneracy pressure, Radiation pressure, The radiative gradient and the Schwarzschild criterion for convection
Assumptions and validity: complete degeneracy (kT ≪ Fermi energy) and a free electron gas. The two limits shown are non-relativistic (ρ/μe ≪ 10⁶ g cm⁻³) and ultra-relativistic (≫ 10⁶); the exact formula (Chandrasekhar 1939) joins them smoothly.
① In words
Electrons obey the Pauli principle: no two can share the same quantum state. Squeeze a gas of them and the low-momentum states fill up, so the last electrons added must move fast even at zero temperature. Fast electrons drum on surfaces just as hot ones do — so a dense electron gas has a pressure that depends only on its density, not on its temperature. That pressure holds up white dwarfs and the cores of low-mass stars, and because it does not respond to heating it has no thermostat. When the electrons are moving near the speed of light the pressure grows more slowly with density (ρ4/3 instead of ρ5/3), and gravity wins above the Chandrasekhar mass.
Try it: a white dwarf with ρ = 10⁶ g cm⁻³, μe = 2: P ≈ 1.004×10¹³ × (5×10⁵)5/3 = 1.004×10¹³ × 3.1×10⁹ = 3×10²² dyn cm⁻² — a hundred thousand times the solar central pressure, with no need for any heat (an estimate: at this density pF is already 0.8 mec, between the two limits). The electrons become relativistic where pF = mec, at ne = (mec/ħ)³/3π² = 5.9×10²⁹ cm⁻³, i.e. ρ/μe ≈ 10⁶ g cm⁻³.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the density of quantum states in a box (state counting), two electrons per state (Pauli), and pressure as momentum flux (ideal-gas pressure). Symbols: ne the electron number density; pF the Fermi momentum; h = 2πħ; n(p) dp the electrons per volume with momentum in [p, p + dp]; μe the mass per electron in units of mu; Knr, Krel the two constants of the result.
1. Each cell of phase space of volume h³ holds two electrons (spin up and down), so the number per volume with momentum in a shell dp is 2 × 4πp²dp/h³. imported
2. At zero temperature every state up to the Fermi momentum is filled and none above; integrate the shells, then invert for pF and write h = 2πħ. identity
3. Pressure is momentum flux: for particles of momentum p and speed v(p), P = (1/3)∫p v n(p) dp — the same 1/3 as for the ideal gas. imported
4. Non-relativistic electrons, v = p/me: the integrand is p⁴. identity
5. Insert pF = ħ(3π²ne)1/3 and h³ = 8π³ħ³, then simplify with 15π² = 5 × 3π². identity
6. Ultra-relativistic electrons, v = c: the integrand is p³; insert pF and h³ as before and use (3π²)4/3/(12π²) = (3π²)1/3/4. identity
7. Convert to mass density: ne = ρ/(μemu) with 1/μe = ΣZiXi/Ai — (1 + X)/2 for a hydrogen–helium mixture, 2 for helium, carbon and oxygen, 56/26 = 2.15 for iron. definition
8. The constants in cgs units (ħ = 1.0546×10⁻²⁷ erg s, me = 9.109×10⁻²⁸ g, mu = 1.6605×10⁻²⁴ g, ħc = 3.1615×10⁻¹⁷ erg cm): ħ²/(5me) = 2.442×10⁻²⁸, (3π²)2/3 = 9.571, mu−5/3 = 4.30×10³⁹; ħc/4 = 7.904×10⁻¹⁸, (3π²)1/3 = 3.094, mu−4/3 = 5.08×10³¹. numerical
9. When does degeneracy matter? Set Pnr equal to the thermal pressure of the electrons, nekT, and solve for the density: k/(Knrmu) = 1.3807×10⁻¹⁶/(1.004×10¹³ × 1.6605×10⁻²⁴) = 8.28×10⁻⁶, to the power 3/2 is 2.4×10⁻⁸. Denser than this the electron pressure is mostly degeneracy pressure (equality marks the onset, not complete degeneracy) — the boundary drawn in the section-3 T–ρ diagram. identity
10. Numbers: at the solar centre (T = 1.57×10⁷ K) the boundary is at 1.5×10³ g cm⁻³ against ρ/μe ≈ 100 — the Sun is safely non-degenerate; a 0.3 M☉ helium core at 10⁸ K with ρ ≈ 10⁶ is not. The two limits meet where pF = mec. numerical
Result: Pnr = (ħ²/5me)(3π²)2/3ne5/3 = 1.004×10¹³ (ρ/μe)5/3 and Prel = (ħc/4)(3π²)1/3ne4/3 = 1.243×10¹⁵ (ρ/μe)4/3 (cgs). Derived: everything from state counting and momentum flux; Calculated: the two constants and the onset line; the exact interpolation between the limits is quoted in ③, not derived.
③ Applicability and source
The exact zero-temperature pressure interpolates between the two limits (Chandrasekhar 1939, ch. 10); finite temperature adds corrections of order (kT/EF)². The ρ4/3 law is what makes a mass limit possible: the Chandrasekhar mass. Neutrons obey the same physics with mn in place of me, at densities 10⁹ times higher — neutron stars. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 15; Shapiro & Teukolsky ch. 2.
Builds on: the Pauli principle, counting quantum states, ideal-gas pressure
Used by: The Chandrasekhar mass
Assumptions and validity: isotropic black-body radiation in equilibrium with the gas — true deep inside a star, where the photon mean free path is millimetres. Not valid in the atmosphere, where the radiation streams outward.
① In words
Photons carry momentum, so a gas of photons pushes on its surroundings just as a gas of atoms does. Because the photon energy density grows as the fourth power of temperature, radiation pressure is negligible in the Sun but grows relative to gas pressure as stars get more massive and hotter inside; near 100 solar masses it carries a large part of the weight, and the star becomes only loosely bound.
Try it (solar centre): Prad = (1/3) × 7.566×10⁻¹⁵ × (1.57×10⁷)⁴ = 1.5×10¹⁴ dyn cm⁻², versus a gas pressure of 2.3×10¹⁷: less than 0.1 %. Scaling: Prad/Pgas ∝ T³/ρ ∝ M² (using T ∝ M/R and ρ ∝ M/R³), so by 30 M☉ the crude scaling makes the two comparable (the exact Eddington treatment gives about 20 % radiation pressure there).
② Step by step, every line
Start from: pressure as momentum flux (ideal-gas pressure); the photon momentum p = E/c (mass–energy); the Stefan–Boltzmann energy density u = aT⁴ of black-body radiation (imported: the integral of Planck's spectrum over all frequencies, which rests on the Boltzmann factor). Symbols: u the radiation energy density; n the photon number density; a = 4σ/c the radiation constant; σ the Stefan–Boltzmann constant.
1. A photon of energy E carries momentum E/c and moves at speed c. imported
2. Repeat the momentum-flux argument with v = c: the pressure of isotropic radiation is one third of its energy density (the 1/3 is again the directional average of cos²θ). identity
3. Black-body radiation has u = aT⁴ with a = 4σ/c = 4 × 5.670×10⁻⁵/2.998×10¹⁰ = 7.566×10⁻¹⁵ erg cm⁻³ K⁻⁴. imported
4. Combine. identity
5. Consequences: the energy per volume is 3P (not 3P/2 as for a monatomic gas), which weakens the virial binding; and the ratio to gas pressure grows as T³/ρ, hence as M² along the main sequence (T ∝ M/R, ρ ∝ M/R³), which gives the Eddington limit and the pair instability of the most massive stars. identity
6. Numbers at the solar centre (the example of ①). numerical
Result: Prad = aT⁴/3, energy density 3Prad. Derived: the factor 1/3 and the ratio scaling; Imported: u = aT⁴ and the value of a.
③ Applicability and source
Eddington's "quartic equation" solves for the gas fraction β = Pgas/P as a function of μ²M²; for μ = 0.6, 1 − β ≈ 0.1 at 10 M☉ and ≈ 0.4 at 100 M☉. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 13 and 19; Eddington 1926.
Builds on: ideal-gas pressure, the Boltzmann factor
Used by: The mass–luminosity relation from homology, Peak temperature of a radiation-dominated fireball, The plateau of a hydrogen-rich supernova (Popov scaling)
Assumptions and validity: fuel divided by consumption rate; the fraction qc of hydrogen that is actually burned (10 % for the Sun, up to 80 % for stars with large convective cores) and the mean luminosity must come from detailed models. The M−2.5 scaling holds only where L ∝ M3.5, roughly 1–20 M☉.
① In words
A star's main-sequence life is its fuel tank divided by its fuel consumption. The tank is the burnable hydrogen (the fraction that the core can reach) times the energy each gram yields; the consumption is the luminosity. Because luminosity grows so much faster than mass, massive stars burn through a bigger tank far sooner: a 20 M☉ star lives ten million years, a 0.5 M☉ star a hundred billion — longer than the age of the universe.
Try it (Sun): fuel = 0.7 × 0.1 × 1.99×10³³ g × 6.3×10¹⁸ erg g⁻¹ = 8.8×10⁵⁰ erg; consumption ⟨L⟩ ≈ 0.85 L☉ = 3.3×10³³ erg s⁻¹ (the Sun was fainter when young): t = 2.7×10¹⁷ s = 8.5 Gyr, versus 10 Gyr from full models. A 10 M☉ star: fuel ×10 × (qc ≈ 0.3 instead of 0.1) = ×30, L ≈ 5000 L☉: t ≈ 30/5000 × 10 Gyr ≈ 60 Myr; models give 25 Myr.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the energy released per helium nucleus made (Q-value); the mass–luminosity relation; power laws. Symbols: X₀ the initial hydrogen mass fraction; qc the fraction of the star's hydrogen that burns before the core is exhausted; qH the energy per gram of hydrogen that heats the star; ⟨L⟩ the mean luminosity over the main sequence.
1. Four protons become one ⁴He nucleus with a total energy release of 26.73 MeV. imported
2. Per gram of hydrogen: divide by the mass of four protons and convert MeV to erg; then subtract the neutrino share, 2 % for pp-I and 7 % for the CNO cycle. identity
3. The fuel: the star's mass times its initial hydrogen fraction times the fraction that is reachable by the burning core (convective mixing enlarges qc). definition
4. Lifetime = fuel divided by the mean consumption rate (stars brighten by ~40 % across the main sequence as μ rises, so ⟨L⟩ is below the present L for the Sun). definition
5. Numbers for the Sun (the example of ①). numerical
6. Scaling: with L ∝ M3.5 and qc slowly varying, the lifetime falls as M−2.5, anchored to 1010 yr at 1 M☉. identity
7. The page's own lifetimes come from the interpolated model grid, not from this scaling; the section-3 chart shows both. numerical
Result: tMS = X₀qcMqH/⟨L⟩ ∝ M−2.5. Derived: the bookkeeping and the scaling; Imported: Q = 26.73 MeV, qc and ⟨L⟩ from models; Calculated: 8.5 Gyr for the Sun.
③ Applicability and source
Below 0.5 M☉ stars are fully convective and burn nearly all their hydrogen (qc → 1), and L ∝ M2.5, so lifetimes exceed 1011 yr; above 20 M☉ mass loss and the flattening of L(M) shorten the scaling to roughly M−1. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 22; the model grids cited in section 14.
Builds on: Q-values, mass–luminosity relation, power laws
Assumptions and validity: radiative energy transport, ideal-gas pressure, constant opacity (electron scattering). The result L ∝ μ⁴M³ is a scaling, not an absolute prediction; it explains the observed L ∝ M3–4 between 1 and 20 M☉. Convection, radiation pressure and Kramers opacity modify it (tier ③).
① In words
Photons made in the core random-walk outward, and how fast energy leaks through the star depends on its temperature and how opaque its gas is — not on how the energy is generated. Combining the leak rate with the fact that gravity sets the central temperature gives a luminosity that depends on mass alone, roughly as M³. This is the deep reason the main sequence is a one-parameter family: mass fixes Tc, Tc fixes the leak, and the nuclear reactions simply adjust (via the thermostat) to replace what leaks.
Try it: L ∝ M³ predicts a 10 M☉ star to be 1000 L☉; observed, about 5000 L☉ (the exponent is nearer 3.5 because the opacity falls with temperature). A 0.5 M☉ star: 1/8 L☉ predicted, 0.04 L☉ observed.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: diffusion of a quantity carried by particles moving at speed c with a mean free path ℓ (Fick's law with D = cℓ/3, imported from kinetic theory — the same directional average as in pressure); the radiation energy density u = aT⁴ (radiation pressure); the central temperature from hydrostatic equilibrium. Symbols: κ the opacity (cm² g⁻¹); ℓ = 1/(κρ) the photon mean free path; F the energy flux (erg cm⁻² s⁻¹); a the radiation constant; μ = μgas.
1. Between interactions a photon travels a mean free path set by the opacity. definition
2. Photons random-walk outward; the net flux of radiation energy obeys a diffusion law with diffusion coefficient cℓ/3. imported
3. Insert u = aT⁴ (du/dr = 4aT³ dT/dr) and multiply by the shell area 4πr² to get the luminosity crossing radius r. identity
4. Homology: replace the derivative and the variables by typical values, dT/dr → −Tc/R, r → R, ρ → M/R³. approximation
5. Gravity sets the central temperature. imported
6. Substitute: R⁴Tc⁴ ∝ μ⁴M⁴, and the radius cancels. identity
7. Check the constant: with κ = 0.34 cm² g⁻¹ (electron scattering), Tc = 1.57×10⁷ K, R = R☉, M = M☉, step 4 gives 16π × 7.566×10⁻¹⁵ × 3×10¹⁰ × (6.96×10¹⁰)⁴ × (1.57×10⁷)⁴/(3 × 0.34 × 1.99×10³³) ≈ 8×10³⁶ erg s⁻¹ — two thousand times L☉. Replacing the whole structure by central values and crude ratios cannot give the normalisation, and the Sun's opacity varies through its interior; the scaling with M and μ is what survives. numerical
Why μ⁴ matters: as hydrogen burns to helium, μ rises from 0.62 to 1.3 in the core; the Sun has brightened by ~40 % since it formed for this reason, and helium-rich cores are luminous out of proportion to their mass.
Result: L ∝ μ⁴M³/κ. Derived: the scaling from radiative diffusion plus gravity; Imported: Fick's law, u = aT⁴, the opacity; the normalisation is not predicted by homology.
③ Applicability and source
With Kramers opacity κ ∝ ρT−3.5 (bound–free absorption, important below ~2 M☉) the same steps give L ∝ μ7.5M5.5R−0.5; with radiation pressure dominant the relation flattens toward the Eddington luminosity L ∝ M. Convective cores do not change the leak rate through the radiative envelope. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 20; Eddington 1926.
Builds on: central temperature, radiation pressure, hydrostatic equilibrium
Used by: Main-sequence lifetime, The radiative gradient and the Schwarzschild criterion for convection, Kilonova: heating, thermalisation and diffusion time, The plateau of a hydrogen-rich supernova (Popov scaling)
Assumptions and validity: energy conservation shell by shell; exact. εgrav = −T ds/dt is the heat released (or absorbed) by contraction (expansion) and vanishes for a star in thermal equilibrium, such as one on the main sequence.
① In words
The luminosity crossing a shell is the luminosity crossing the shell below it plus whatever the shell itself generates: nuclear energy, minus what the neutrinos carry off, plus any heat released by contraction. Adding shells from the centre to the surface gives the star's luminosity as an integral over its mass. That is why a single parcel of gas at the centre, however carefully computed, cannot give the luminosity — it gives ε at one point, and the star's light is the sum of ε over every gram.
Try it (Sun): L☉/M☉ = 3.83×10³³/1.99×10³³ = 1.9 erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹ on average. The central ε is about 17 erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹ (section 5), and nearly all of the luminosity comes from the inner third of the mass (the inner tenth of the radius): the average over the whole star is small because most of the mass sits where it is far too cool to burn.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: conservation of energy applied to one shell; the energy generation rate ε as energy per gram per second; derivatives and integrals. Symbols: L(r) the energy per second crossing radius r outward; dm = 4πr²ρ dr the shell mass; εnuc, εν, εgrav the nuclear, neutrino-loss and gravitational rates per gram; s the specific entropy.
1. Take a thin shell; its mass is its volume times the density. definition
2. Energy balance of the shell in steady state: what leaves through the top minus what enters through the bottom equals what the shell generates — nuclear energy, minus the neutrinos that escape without interacting, plus the heat released by contraction. identity
3. Integrate from the centre, where L = 0, to the surface: the luminosity is the integral of ε over the star's mass. identity
4. The gravitational term is the heat released per gram when the entropy falls (contraction); it vanishes in thermal equilibrium, is positive in a contracting core and can be negative in an expanding envelope. On the main sequence εgrav ≈ 0 and nuclear burning balances the surface luminosity, which the thermostat of the virial theorem enforces. definition
5. The example of ①: the average of ε over the Sun versus its central value. numerical
Result: dL/dm = εnuc − εν + εgrav and L = ∫ε dm — a statement of energy conservation, exact. εnuc at each point is computed from the rates of section 4 with the local T, ρ and composition.
③ Applicability and source
This page takes L, R and the burning-stage conditions from published full-structure models and computes ε live at the centre; it never integrates the energy equation itself, which is why it says which numbers are global and which are local. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 4.
Builds on: energy conservation, energy generation rate, integrals
Assumptions and validity: WKB tunnelling through a pure Coulomb barrier, energies far below the barrier (E ≪ Z₁Z₂e²/R) and a nuclear radius much smaller than the classical turning point. Both hold for every thermonuclear reaction in a star. The first correction to the exponent, of relative size (4/π)√(R/rc) = (4/π)√(E/Ec) with Ec the barrier height — about 12 % for p + p at 6 keV — is energy-dependent and is absorbed into the measured S-factor, which is defined with the pure Coulomb exponent.
① In words
The probability that two nuclei tunnel through their electric repulsion falls off as the exponential of the square root of a characteristic energy divided by the collision energy. That characteristic "Gamow energy" EG depends only on the charges and the reduced mass: about half an MeV for two protons, tens of MeV for helium on carbon, GeV for carbon on carbon. Doubling the collision energy does not double the tunnelling probability — it can multiply it by thousands — and this extreme sensitivity, transferred to the temperature through the Maxwell–Boltzmann tail, is why each fuel ignites at its own sharply defined temperature.
Try it: p + p: μ = ½, Z₁Z₂ = 1: EG = 0.979 × 0.5 = 0.49 MeV. At E = 6 keV (the solar Gamow peak) P = e−√(490/6) = e−9.0 = 1.2×10⁻⁴; at 2 keV, e−15.7 = 1.6×10⁻⁷. ⁴He + ¹²C: μ = 3, Z₁Z₂ = 12: EG = 0.979 × 3 × 144 = 423 MeV; at 300 keV, P = e−37.5 ≈ 5×10⁻¹⁷. ¹²C + ¹²C: μ = 6, Z₁Z₂ = 36: 0.979 × 6 × 1296 = 7.61 GeV.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the WKB transmission probability through a barrier V(r) higher than the energy E; the Coulomb potential V = Z₁Z₂e²/r between the nuclear radius R and the classical turning point; and the fact that the relative motion of two bodies is that of one body of reduced mass (Newton's laws). Symbols: μred = m₁m₂/(m₁ + m₂) the reduced mass (written μ below; it is never the mean molecular weight here); e² in Gaussian units (e²/4πε₀ in SI); α = e²/ħc = 1/137.036; v the relative speed; η the Sommerfeld parameter; EG the Gamow energy; μu = μ/mu the reduced mass in atomic mass units.
1. The WKB result gives the tunnelling probability as the exponential of an integral of the imaginary momentum across the forbidden region. imported
2. The classical turning point rc is where the Coulomb energy equals E; with it the bracket becomes E(rc/r − 1). definition
3. Substitute r = rc sin²θ, so that the awkward square root becomes a cotangent. identity
4. Multiply the two factors of the integrand: cotθ × sinθ cosθ = cos²θ. identity
5. Change the limits (r = R gives θR = arcsin√(R/rc); r = rc gives θ = π/2) and integrate cos²θ = (1 + cos 2θ)/2 (integrals). identity
6. For R ≪ rc the angle θR ≈ √(R/rc) is small and sin 2θR ≈ 2θR, so the bracket is π/2 minus a small correction (for p + p at 6 keV, rc = 240 fm against R ≈ 2 fm: the correction is (4/π)√(2/240) ≈ 0.12 of the leading term, and it is carried by the measured S-factor). Keep the leading term. approximation
7. Insert rc = Z₁Z₂e²/E into the exponent and simplify √E in numerator and denominator. identity
8. With E = ½μv² the square root is 2/v, which gives the Sommerfeld form of the exponent. identity
9. Define the Gamow energy by writing the same exponent as √(EG/E): square both sides and use α = e²/ħc. definition
10. Evaluate the constant with muc² = 931.494 MeV and α = 1/137.036: 2 × 931.494 × (π/137.036)² = 1862.99 × 5.2558×10⁻⁴. numerical
Result: P ≈ exp(−√(EG/E)) = e−2πη with EG = 2μc²(παZ₁Z₂)² = 0.979 μuZ₁²Z₂² MeV. Derived: the exponent and its dependence Z₁Z₂√(μ/E) — heavier and more highly charged pairs need proportionally higher energies, hence the order H, He, C, Ne, O, Si of the burning stages and the reason no star burns iron. Calculated: the constant 0.979 MeV from CODATA values. Imported into the S-factor: the finite-radius correction of step 6 and everything the nuclear force does inside R.
③ Applicability and source
Exact Coulomb wave functions give the same leading exponent; the finite-radius correction and the angular-momentum (centrifugal) barrier for ℓ > 0 are small at stellar energies. Everything the strong interaction does inside R — resonances, spin factors, the weak interaction in p + p — sits in the S-factor. Gamow 1928; Atkinson & Houtermans 1929; Clayton 1983 §4-2; Iliadis 2015 §2.4.
Builds on: tunnelling (WKB), the Coulomb barrier, integrals
Used by: The astrophysical S-factor, The working rate formula and its constants
Assumptions and validity: a definition, so always valid; it is useful only when the reaction is non-resonant, so that S(E) varies slowly and can be extrapolated from laboratory energies (hundreds of keV) down to the Gamow peak (a few to tens of keV). Near a resonance S(E) has a spike and the Breit–Wigner form is used instead.
① In words
A fusion cross-section is dominated by two steep factors that have nothing to do with the nuclear force: the size of the quantum wave (which grows as 1/E) and the tunnelling probability (which collapses at low energy). Divide them out and what remains — the S-factor — is the smooth, slowly varying part that carries the actual nuclear physics. Experiments measure S at energies where the counting rate is bearable and extrapolate it, almost flat, into the stellar window where the cross-section itself is 10⁻²⁰ times smaller and unmeasurable.
Try it: ³He + ³He at E = 20 keV: EG = 0.979 × 1.5 × 16 = 23.5 MeV, so e−√(23 500/20) = e−34.3 = 1.3×10⁻¹⁵; with S = 5.2×10³ keV b, σ = (5.2×10³/20) × 1.3×10⁻¹⁵ = 3.4×10⁻¹³ b. For p + p, S(0) = 4.0×10⁻²² keV b — the weak interaction is responsible for 25 orders of magnitude.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the geometric size of a quantum wave (wave mechanics) and the Gamow factor. Symbols: μ the reduced mass; p = √(2μE) the relative momentum; ƛ = ħ/p the reduced de Broglie wavelength; S(E) in keV b (1 b = 10⁻²⁴ cm²).
1. A particle of momentum p interacts with a target through an area of order its wavelength squared, which falls as 1/E. imported
2. The barrier multiplies that area by the tunnelling probability. imported
3. Everything else — the probability that the nuclei react once they are inside — is defined as S(E); the same line read backwards is how an experiment converts a measured cross-section into S. definition
4. Because S varies slowly, laboratories fit it with a Taylor polynomial (expansions) whose three numbers are what the rate formula uses at the Gamow peak (Seff). definition
5. Check the arithmetic of the example in ①: ³He + ³He at 20 keV. numerical
Result: σ(E) = (S(E)/E) exp(−√(EG/E)) — a definition. Derived: the two steep factors it removes. Measured or fitted: S(0), S′(0), S″(0) for every reaction on this page come from the Solar Fusion II evaluation (Adelberger et al. 2011) and later measurements (LUNA); each rate box lists its values and validity range. Units: S in keV b because σ is in barns and E in keV.
③ Applicability and source
Electron screening in the laboratory target raises the measured σ at the lowest energies and must be corrected before extrapolating; resonances (¹⁴N + p at 259 keV, the Hoyle state) are handled separately (resonant rates). Source: Clayton 1983 §4-2; Iliadis 2015 §3.2; Adelberger et al. 2011.
Builds on: the Gamow factor, the Schrödinger equation
Used by: The thermonuclear rate integral, The effective S-factor: finite-width and slope corrections
Assumptions and validity: both species Maxwell–Boltzmann distributed at the same temperature (a plasma in thermal equilibrium, non-degenerate ions); the cross-section depends only on the relative energy. Exact within those assumptions — the approximations come later, in evaluating the integral.
① In words
The average of "cross-section times speed" over a hot gas is an integral over collision energy of three factors: the number of pairs at that energy (falling steeply, the Maxwell–Boltzmann tail), the tunnelling probability (rising steeply) and the slowly varying S-factor. The first two fight, and their product is a narrow bump — the Gamow peak — at an energy several times kT. Almost all reactions happen inside that bump.
Try it: for p + p at the solar centre (kT = 1.35 keV) the exponent −E/kT − √(490 keV/E) equals −13.6 at E = 3 keV, −12.8 at 6 keV and −13.5 at 10 keV: the integrand peaks near 6 keV, 4.4 times the thermal energy, and is down by e−1 about 3 keV either side.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the definition of the rate coefficient ⟨σv⟩ as the average of σ × relative speed; the result that the relative velocity of two Maxwell–Boltzmann species is itself Maxwell–Boltzmann distributed with the reduced mass (derived in Maxwell–Boltzmann; assumes independent, non-relativistic particles at one temperature with no bulk drift); the S-factor form of the cross-section. Symbols: μ the reduced mass (grams); v the relative speed; E = ½μv² the centre-of-mass energy; f(v) dv the fraction of pairs with relative speed in [v, v + dv]; ⟨σv⟩ the rate coefficient in cm³ s⁻¹.
1. The rate coefficient is the average of σ(v) v over the distribution of relative speeds. definition
2. The distribution of the relative speed is a Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution with the reduced mass μ. imported
3. Change variable from speed to energy, E = ½μv², and express v, dv and the combination v² dv through E. identity
4. Substitute into step 2: the powers of μ cancel and the constants combine, 4π × 21/2/(2π)3/2 = 4π√2/(2√2 π3/2) = 2/√π. identity
5. Put v = (2E/μ)1/2 and f(E) dE into step 1; the two square roots of E combine into E, and √2 × 2/√π = √(8/π). identity
6. Insert the S-factor form σ = (S/E) e−√(EG/E); the factor E cancels and the two exponentials merge. identity
7. Units: with μ in grams, kT in erg and S in erg cm², the result is in cm³ s⁻¹; tables quote NA⟨σv⟩ in cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹ so that it combines directly with molar abundances (energy generation). identity
8. The integrand exp(−E/kT − √(EG/E)) is the product drawn in the section-4 figure; its maximum and width are found in the Gamow peak. The page does not integrate this expression numerically: every rate on the page is evaluated from the closed-form Gamow-peak result with the Seff corrections (the working formula). numerical
Result: ⟨σv⟩ = √(8/πμ) (kT)−3/2 ∫₀^∞ S(E) exp(−E/kT − √(EG/E)) dE. Derived exactly from the two assumptions; the S-factor inside is measured or fitted; the evaluation of the integral is the next entry.
③ Applicability and source
If the S-factor has a resonance, the integral is dominated by the resonance rather than the peak (resonant rates). Plasma screening multiplies the result by a factor f (screening). Source: Clayton 1983 §4-3; Iliadis 2015 §3.1.
Builds on: reaction rate, Maxwell–Boltzmann, the S-factor, integrals
Used by: The Gamow peak and the saddle-point rate, Electron screening in a plasma (weak-screening limit), Rate through a narrow resonance
Assumptions and validity: the integrand is approximated by a Gaussian around its maximum (Laplace's method), and S(E) is taken nearly constant across the peak. Good to ~10 % when τ = 3E₀/kT ≳ 10, which holds for every charged-particle reaction at stellar temperatures; the corrections are in Seff.
① In words
The product of the falling Boltzmann tail and the rising tunnelling factor peaks at an energy E₀ that is a compromise between the two: high enough to tunnel, low enough that some particles still have it. E₀ grows with the charges and with temperature (as T2/3), and the peak has a width Δ of roughly the same size. Replacing the bump by a Gaussian of that height and width gives the rate in closed form — and shows that the rate depends on temperature essentially through one number, τ = 3E₀/kT, as τ²e−τ.
Try it (p + p, T₆ = 15.7): E₀ = 1.220 × (1 × 0.5 × 15.7²)1/3 = 1.220 × 4.98 = 6.08 keV; Δ = 0.749 × (0.5 × 15.7⁵)1/6 = 0.749 × 8.84 = 6.6 keV; τ = 3 × 6.08/1.353 = 13.5. ¹⁴N + p at the same T: Z₁Z₂ = 7, μ = 0.933: E₀ = 1.220 × (49 × 0.933 × 246.5)1/3 = 1.220 × 22.4 = 27 keV, τ = 60. ⁴He + ¹²C: E₀ = 1.220 × (144 × 3 × 246.5)1/3 = 58 keV at 15.7 MK — but 300 keV at 200 MK, where helium burns.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the rate integral; Laplace's method for an integral dominated by the maximum of its exponent (expansions); the Gaussian integral ∫exp(−x²/a²)dx = a√π (the Gaussian). Symbols: μ the reduced mass, μu = μ/mu; E₀ the peak energy; Δ the full width at 1/e; τ = 3E₀/kT; T₆ = T/10⁶ K; kT = 0.0861733 T₆ keV; EG = 0.97913 μuZ₁²Z₂² MeV.
1. Name the exponent of the integrand. definition
2. Its maximum is where the derivative vanishes (derivatives): differentiate, set to zero and solve for E₀. identity
3. Height of the peak: from step 2, √EG = 2E₀3/2/kT, so the tunnelling term at E₀ equals twice the thermal term, and f(E₀) is minus three times E₀/kT. identity
4. Curvature at the peak: differentiate f′ once more and substitute the same relation for √EG. identity
5. Expand f to second order about E₀ (Taylor); the integrand becomes a Gaussian whose full width at 1/e of the maximum defines Δ. approximation
6. Put in the constants (EG in keV: 979.13 μuZ₁²Z₂²; kT = 0.0861733 T₆ keV): E₀ = (½)2/3EG1/3(kT)2/3 = 0.62996 × 9.9298 × 0.19511 × (Z₁²Z₂²μu)1/3T₆2/3 keV; Δ = 4(E₀kT/3)1/2 = 4 × (1.2204 × 0.0861733/3)1/2 × (Z₁²Z₂²μu)1/6T₆5/6 keV; τ = 3E₀/kT = 3 × 1.2204/0.0861733 × (Z₁²Z₂²μu/T₆)1/3. numerical
7. Integrate the Gaussian with S(E) ≈ S(E₀) taken outside: ∫exp[−(E − E₀)²/(Δ/2)²]dE = (Δ/2)√π (the lower limit 0 is many widths away from E₀), then simplify √(8/π) × √π/2 = √2. identity
8. Temperature dependence of the prefactor: Δ ∝ (E₀kT)1/2 and E₀ ∝ (kT)2/3, so Δ/(kT)3/2 ∝ (kT)−2/3 ∝ τ², and the rate is τ²e−τ times constants. identity
9. What the page does with it: NA⟨σv⟩ for p + p at T₆ = 15.7 from this formula with Seff (the working formula) is cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹; the classic Caughlan & Fowler (1988) fit gives 9.8×10⁻²⁰, the same within a few per cent. The local power law ν = (τ − 2)/3 follows in temperature exponent. numerical
Result: ⟨σv⟩ ≈ √(2/μ) Δ (kT)−3/2 S(E₀) e−τ, with E₀ = 1.220 (Z₁²Z₂²μuT₆²)1/3 keV, Δ = 0.749 (Z₁²Z₂²μuT₆⁵)1/6 keV and τ = 42.49 (Z₁²Z₂²μu/T₆)1/3. Derived: the τ²e−τ law and the T2/3 growth of the peak; Calculated: the three constants from CODATA values; Measured or fitted: S(E₀).
③ Applicability and source
The Gaussian approximation is what makes "ε ∝ Tν" meaningful; it fails when a resonance sits inside or near the peak (¹⁴N + p above 0.1 GK, triple-alpha) and when τ is small (very high T). Fowler, Caughlan & Zimmerman 1967; Clayton 1983 §4-3; Iliadis 2015 §3.2.
Builds on: the rate integral, expansions and Laplace's method, the Gaussian, derivatives
Used by: The temperature exponent ν = (τ − 2)/3, The working rate formula and its constants, The effective S-factor: finite-width and slope corrections
Assumptions and validity: the saddle-point rate ⟨σv⟩ ∝ τ²e−τ with constant S; the exponent is a local slope and changes with temperature (it falls as T rises). Screening and S′ corrections shift it slightly; the page quotes numerically differentiated values.
① In words
Because the rate is an exponential of T−1/3, it behaves locally like a power of T with a large exponent — and the exponent is simply one third of the Gamow-peak parameter τ, minus a small correction. Reactions with bigger barriers have bigger τ at a given temperature, hence steeper temperature dependence: 4 for pp, 18 for CNO at 20 MK, 40 for helium burning at 100 MK. High exponents are what make the later burning stages short and violent, and what makes a thermostat necessary.
Try it: p + p at 15.7 MK: τ = 13.5 → ν = 3.8. ¹⁴N + p at 20 MK: τ = 42.49 × (49 × 0.933/20)1/3 = 42.49 × 1.316 = 55.9 → ν = 18. ¹²C + ¹²C at 800 MK: τ = 42.49 × (1296 × 6/800)1/3 = 42.49 × 2.135 = 90.7 → ν = 30.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the saddle-point rate of the Gamow peak and the logarithmic slope as the definition of a local power law. Symbols: τ = 3E₀/kT; C collects every factor of the rate that does not depend on T; ν the local exponent; Er a resonance energy.
1. Write the rate in the saddle-point form; τ scales as T−1/3 because E₀ ∝ (kT)2/3. imported
2. Take the logarithm of both sides. identity
3. Differentiate with respect to ln T; the only T-dependence is through τ, and d ln τ/d ln T = −1/3 from step 1. identity
4. Interpretation: the τ/3 is the T−1/3 in the exponent; the −2/3 comes from the prefactor τ² (the peak narrows and moves as T rises). The same procedure on a narrow-resonance rate ∝ T−3/2e−Er/kT gives the resonant exponent, the origin of the "4.4027/T₉ − 3" of triple-alpha (two resonant steps). identity
5. A power law is local: the page evaluates ν as a centred logarithmic difference at 0.99T and 1.01T, using the full working rate including screening and Seff, so its quoted values differ slightly from (τ − 2)/3. numerical
Result: ν = (τ − 2)/3 for a non-resonant rate, ν = Er/kT − 3/2 for a narrow resonance. Derived from the saddle-point form; the numbers in ① are Calculated from the page's τ.
③ Applicability
The exponent for ε adds the density and abundance dependences: εpp ∝ ρX²Tν, ε3α ∝ ρ²Y³Tν. Iliadis 2015 §3.2.1.
Builds on: the Gamow peak, logarithmic slope
Assumptions and validity: the saddle-point rate with S in MeV b, μ in atomic mass units and T₉ = T/10⁹ K; valid where the S-factor expansion is valid and no resonance lies in the Gamow window. Every constant below is recomputed from CODATA values in the steps.
① In words
Feeding the Gamow-peak result with numbers turns it into a formula with two constants: 7.83×10⁹ in front and 4.25 in the exponent. Those numbers are not fitted — they are the fundamental constants (ħ, c, e, mu, k, NA) combined, and this entry shows the combination so that the reader can reproduce them to five figures.
Try it (p + p, T₆ = 15.7, T₉ = 0.0157, Seff ≈ 4.0×10⁻²⁵ MeV b): exponent −4.2487 × (0.5/0.0157)1/3 = −4.2487 × 3.168 = −13.46; e−13.46 = 1.43×10⁻⁶; prefactor 7.8324×10⁹ × (2)1/3 × 4.0×10⁻²⁵ × 0.0157−2/3 = 7.8324×10⁹ × 1.26 × 4.0×10⁻²⁵ × 15.95 = 6.3×10⁻¹⁴; product ≈ 9×10⁻²⁰ cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹. The page's value from the same formula with its Seff is .
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the saddle-point rate of the Gamow peak, ⟨σv⟩ = √(2/μ) Δ (kT)−3/2 S e−τ with Δ = 4√(E₀kT/3) and E₀ = (√EG kT/2)2/3; the Gamow energy EG = 2μc²(παZ₁Z₂)²; and unit bookkeeping. Symbols: μ the reduced mass (μu in u, μ = μumu in g); T₉ = T/10⁹ K; k × 10⁹ K = 0.0861733 MeV; muc² = 931.494 MeV; πα = 0.0229255; NA = 6.02214×10²³; 1 b = 10⁻²⁴ cm².
1. Write the saddle-point rate with its three ingredients. imported
2. Collect the temperature dependence of the prefactor: E₀1/2 = (½)1/3EG1/6(kT)1/3, so Δ/(kT)3/2 is a constant times (kT)−2/3. identity
3. The exponent: insert EG = 2μc²(παZ₁Z₂)² into τ = 3E₀/kT. identity
4. The prefactor's dependence on the pair: √(2/μ) × EG1/6 combines μ−1/2 with (2μc²)1/6 and brings in (παZ₁Z₂)1/3. identity
5. Evaluate the exponent constant per T₉ with μ in u: 3 × (931.494/(2 × 0.0861733))1/3 × (0.0229255)2/3 = 3 × 17.55 × 0.08072 = 4.249 — the 4.2487 of the formula (the last digits depend on the rounding of the constants). numerical
6. Evaluate the prefactor per mole in MeV b, writing the speed as c√(2 MeV/muc²) so that every quantity is in MeV, and multiplying by NA and by the barn: 6.02214×10²³ × 2.99792×10¹⁰ × √2 × (931.494)−1/2 × 1.8330 × (1862.99)1/6 × (0.0229255)1/3 × (0.0861733)−2/3 × 10⁻²⁴ = 7.832×10⁹, where 1.8330 = (4/√3)(½)1/3 (the page uses 7.8324×10⁹). numerical
7. Assemble the working formula. identity
8. The same bookkeeping gives the Gamow-peak constants E₀ = 1.2204 (Z₁²Z₂²μuT₆²)1/3 keV and Δ = 0.7489 (Z₁²Z₂²μuT₆⁵)1/6 keV (Gamow peak, step 6). Recomputing 0.97913, 1.2204, 0.7489, 7.832×10⁹ and 4.2487 from CODATA values is the check that the page's rate constants are not typos. This is exactly the expression the page evaluates for every non-resonant rate (its Seff from the Seff entry); it does no numerical quadrature of the rate integral. numerical
Result: NA⟨σv⟩ = 7.8324×10⁹ (Z₁Z₂/μu)1/3 Seff T₉−2/3 exp[−4.2487 (Z₁²Z₂²μu/T₉)1/3]. Derived: the form and the powers; Calculated: 7.8324×10⁹ and 4.2487; Measured or fitted: Seff; the reduced mass uses the mass numbers (μu = A₁A₂/(A₁ + A₂)), a 0.1–0.8 % approximation to the actual masses.
③ Applicability and source
Textbook fits (Caughlan & Fowler 1988; Angulo et al. 1999, "NACRE") package this formula plus resonance terms into polynomials in T₉; the page evaluates the formula directly from evaluated S-factors instead, and shows the fits for comparison. Iliadis 2015 eq. 3.72; Clayton 1983 eq. 4-56.
Builds on: the Gamow peak, the Gamow energy, units and dimensions
Used by: The textbook CNO fit and where its numbers come from, The textbook pp fit and where its numbers come from
Assumptions and validity: S(E) expanded to second order around E = 0 and the Gaussian approximation improved by the next terms of Laplace's method; the corrections are of order kT/E₀ = 3/τ, so they matter at the 5–15 % level and the formula is used only where the evaluation trusts the expansion (each rate box states its range).
① In words
The Gamow-peak formula treated the bump as a symmetric Gaussian and took the S-factor constant across it. Neither is exact: the real bump is skewed (its high-energy side is fatter) and S usually rises or falls across the window. Both effects are absorbed by replacing S(E₀) with an "effective" S that combines S(0), its slope and curvature with small numerical corrections. The corrections are what make the page's rates agree with the published evaluations to a per cent rather than ten.
Try it (p + p, T₆ = 15.7): E₀ = 6.08 keV, kT = 1.353 keV, 5kT/36E₀ = 0.031; with S(0) = 4.01×10⁻²² keV b, S′(0) = 4.49×10⁻²⁴ b: Seff = 4.01×10⁻²² × 1.031 + 4.49×10⁻²⁴ × 6.08 × (1 + 0.216) = 4.13×10⁻²² + 0.33×10⁻²² = 4.46×10⁻²² keV b, 11 % above S(0).
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the rate integral, the Taylor expansion of S(E) (expansions) and Laplace's method carried one order beyond the Gaussian (the Gamow peak). Symbols: f(E) = −E/kT − √(EG/E); E₀, Δ, τ as in the Gamow-peak entry; In the moments defined in step 2.
1. Expand the S-factor to second order about E = 0. definition
2. Insert it in the rate integral; it splits into three moments of the same integrand. identity
3. Evaluate each moment by Laplace's method one order beyond the Gaussian: expand f to fourth order about E₀ and En to second order, integrate term by term; every correction is a number times kT/E₀. approximation
4. The coefficients cn are quoted, not rederived here: c₀ = 5/36, c₁ = 35/36, c₂ = 89/36 (Fowler, Caughlan & Zimmerman 1967; the two pages of algebra are reproduced in Iliadis 2015 §3.2.1). Dividing by the Gaussian result (√π/2)Δe−τ defines Seff. imported
5. Reading the leading correction: the 5/36 is the fourth-order term of the exponent and the square of its third-order term together — the peak's asymmetry and non-Gaussian shape; the S′ and S″ terms are the average of S over the shifted, skewed window. All three corrections vanish as τ → ∞ because kT/E₀ = 3/τ. identity
6. Numbers for p + p at T₆ = 15.7 (the example of ①): 5kT/36E₀ = 5 × 1.353/(36 × 6.08) = 0.031; 35kT/36E₀ = 0.216. numerical
Result: the Seff formula of step 4, which the page evaluates for every non-resonant rate. Derived: the structure (three moments, corrections of order kT/E₀); Imported: the coefficients 5/36, 35/36, 89/36; Measured or fitted: S(0), S′(0), S″(0).
③ Applicability and source
The expansion fails when S has a resonance or a steep rise inside the Gamow window; evaluations then tabulate NA⟨σv⟩ directly. Fowler, Caughlan & Zimmerman 1967 (Ann. Rev. Astron. Astrophys. 5, 525); Iliadis 2015 eq. 3.75.
Builds on: the Gamow peak, the S-factor, expansions and Laplace's method
Assumptions and validity: bookkeeping only: reactions per volume times energy per reaction, converted to per gram. Qdep must exclude the neutrino share; for identical reactants the 1/(1 + δ) avoids double counting; three-body reactions use ρ² and 1/3!.
① In words
Power per gram is the number of reactions per second in a gram of gas times the energy each one deposits. Writing the abundances per mole makes the formula independent of which nuclei are involved: molar abundance of species 1 times that of species 2 times the density times the tabulated rate. The density appears once because the rate per nucleus is proportional to how many partners it meets; for a three-body reaction like triple-alpha it appears twice.
Try it (p + p at the solar centre): ρ = 150 g cm⁻³, X = 0.34 so Yp = 0.34, NA⟨σv⟩ = 1.0×10⁻¹⁹ cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹, Qeff = 13.1 MeV per p + p (half of pp-I's 26.2 MeV, since two p + p reactions make one ⁴He) = 2.1×10⁻⁵ erg: ε = 150 × 0.34² × 6.02×10²³ × 1.0×10⁻¹⁹ × 2.1×10⁻⁵/2 = 11 erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹ — the right order (the standard solar model has 17 at the centre including pep and the CNO cycle).
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the reaction rate per volume r₁₂ = n₁n₂⟨σv⟩/(1 + δ₁₂); the conversion between number densities and molar abundances; the Q-value. Symbols: ni number density (cm⁻³); Yi = Xi/Ai molar abundance (mol g⁻¹, with Mu ≈ 1 g mol⁻¹ understood); ρ in g cm⁻³; ⟨σv⟩ the two-body rate coefficient (cm³ s⁻¹), ⟨σv⟩3α the three-body one (cm⁶ s⁻¹); Qdep the energy deposited in the gas per reaction (erg); δ₁₂ = 1 for identical reactants, 0 otherwise.
1. Reactions per cm³ per second. imported
2. Express the number densities through molar abundances. definition
3. Energy per cm³ per second is r₁₂Qdep; divide by ρ for energy per gram per second and group one NA with ⟨σv⟩, since tables quote NA⟨σv⟩. identity
4. Check the units (dimensions). identity
5. The deposited energy: the Q-value minus the mean neutrino energy of any β decay in the chain, plus the annihilation energy of any positron; the page tabulates Qdep per reaction and its network sums these (the network equations). definition
6. Three bodies: the number of distinct triples in a gas of nα alphas is nα³/3!, and the effective coefficient carries cm⁶ s⁻¹; tables quote NA²⟨σv⟩3α. Converting as in steps 2–3 leaves ρ² and one NA outside the tabulated quantity (triple-alpha). identity
7. Numbers for the example of ① (p + p at the solar centre; δ = 1 so the pair factor is ½). numerical
Result: ε₁₂ = ρNA Y₁Y₂/(1 + δ₁₂) · NA⟨σv⟩ · Qdep for two bodies and ε3α = ρ²NAYα³ · NA²⟨σv⟩3α · Q/6 for three. Derived: all of it (bookkeeping); Measured or fitted: NA⟨σv⟩ and the Q-values (masses).
③ Applicability and source
The formula gives the local ε; the star's luminosity is its integral over mass (energy equation). Screening multiplies NA⟨σv⟩ by f (screening). Clayton 1983 §4-2; Iliadis 2015 §3.1.
Builds on: reaction rate, Q-values, counting particles
Used by: The energy equation: luminosity is an integral over the star, Energy generation of the CNO cycle in steady state, The reaction-network equations, The triple-alpha rate and its 4.4027/T₉, Energy generation of the pp chains
Assumptions and validity: Debye–Hückel theory with two separate assumptions: weak coupling (the Coulomb energy between neighbours is small compared with kT, so the screening cloud is a small perturbation and H₁₂ ≪ 1) and non-degenerate electrons. Valid at the solar centre (H₁₂ ≈ 0.05 for pp); not valid in dense, cool plasmas (low-mass stars, degenerate helium cores), where the page reports "not computed".
① In words
In a plasma each nucleus attracts a slight excess of electrons (and repels other ions), so from a distance its charge looks smaller than it is. Two nuclei approaching each other therefore feel a lower Coulomb barrier by a constant amount U₀, and every collision energy is effectively raised by U₀. Since the rate depends exponentially on energy through the Boltzmann factor, the rate is multiplied by eU₀/kT — a few per cent for pp in the Sun, tens of per cent for the CNO reactions.
Try it (solar centre, ρ = 150, T₆ = 15.7, X = 0.34, Y = 0.64): ζ = 2X + (3/2)Y = 0.68 + 0.96 = 1.64 (metals add a little more); H₁₂ = 0.188 × Z₁Z₂ × √(1.64 × 150) × 15.7−1.5 = 0.188 × Z₁Z₂ × 15.7 × 0.01607 = 0.047 Z₁Z₂. For p + p: f = e0.047 = 1.05; for ¹⁴N + p (Z₁Z₂ = 7): f = e0.33 = 1.39.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: Poisson's equation for the electrostatic potential (Coulomb's law); the Boltzmann factor for the density of each charged species in that potential; the Coulomb barrier of the colliding pair; the rate integral. Symbols: φ the potential around a test nucleus of charge Ze; qj, nj charge and mean number density of species j (ions and electrons); RD the Debye radius; ζ the charge sum; U₀ the barrier lowering; H₁₂ = U₀/kT; Y here is the helium mass fraction (Xi/Ai molar abundances appear only inside ζ).
1. Weak coupling: the potential energy of a neighbour is small compared with kT, and the electrons are non-degenerate, so their density follows the classical Boltzmann factor. assumption
2. Poisson's equation with each species distributed by its Boltzmann factor; linearise the exponential (the zeroth-order terms cancel by the overall neutrality of the plasma). approximation
3. Evaluate the charge sum: ions contribute Zi²e²ni, the electrons e²ne with ne = ΣZini, and ni = ρNAXi/Ai. identity
4. The spherically symmetric solution of ∇²φ = φ/RD² that tends to the bare Coulomb potential at r → 0 is the screened potential (substitute φ = u(r)/r: u″ = u/RD², u = Ze·e−r/RD). identity
5. For r ≪ RD expand the exponential to first order: the potential is the bare one minus a constant, so the interaction energy of the colliding pair is lowered everywhere by the same U₀. approximation
6. A barrier lowered by U₀ is tunnelled at energy E as the bare barrier is at E + U₀; in the rate integral shift the integration variable, E′ = E + U₀, in the Gamow factor only (the Boltzmann factor keeps the true kinetic energy). Since U₀ ≪ E₀ the lower limit U₀ can be replaced by 0, and a constant factor comes out. identity
7. Write H₁₂ with the constants: U₀/kT = Z₁Z₂e²(4πe²ρNAζ)1/2/(kT)3/2; with e² = 2.3071×10⁻¹⁹ erg cm, NA = 6.0221×10²³ and kT = 1.3807×10⁻¹⁰ T₆ erg the combination e³(4πNA)1/2(1.3807×10⁻¹⁰)−3/2 = 1.108×10⁻²⁸ × 2.751×10¹²/1.622×10⁻¹⁵ = 0.18791. numerical
8. Numbers at the solar centre (the example of ①): ζ = 2X + (3/2)Y = 1.64, √(ζρ) = 15.7, T₆−3/2 = 0.01607. numerical
Result: f = exp(H₁₂) with H₁₂ = 0.188 Z₁Z₂ √(ζρ) T₆−3/2 and ζ = Σ(Zi² + Zi)Xi/Ai. Derived: all of it under the two assumptions of step 1; Calculated: the constant 0.188.
③ Applicability and source
Salpeter 1954. The weak-screening formula overestimates the enhancement once H₁₂ ≳ 0.1; intermediate and strong screening (Graboske et al. 1973; Chabrier & Baraffe 2000) and, in degenerate matter, pycnonuclear reactions replace it. Laboratory targets show a different, atomic screening that experiments must remove before quoting S(0).
Builds on: the Coulomb barrier, the Boltzmann factor, the rate integral
Assumptions and validity: the resonance is narrow (total width Γ ≪ kT and ≪ Er) so that the Maxwell–Boltzmann factor is constant across it, and the resonance is isolated. Broad resonances and interference need the full Breit–Wigner integral.
① In words
If the two nuclei can form a compound nucleus in an excited state whose energy matches the collision energy, the cross-section spikes there. For a spike much narrower than the thermal spread the rate integral collapses to "number of pairs at the resonance energy × the strength of the spike": a Boltzmann factor e−Er/kT times ωγ, the resonance strength measured in the laboratory. The exponent is now Er/kT, not a fractional power, so the local temperature exponent is ν = Er/kT − 3/2.
Try it (¹⁴N + p, Er = 259 keV, ωγ = 13 meV, T₉ = 0.1): 11.605 × 0.259/0.1 = 30.06, e−30.06 = 8.8×10⁻¹⁴; prefactor 1.5399×10¹¹ × (0.933 × 0.1)−3/2 × 1.3×10⁻⁸ = 1.5399×10¹¹ × 35.1 × 1.3×10⁻⁸ = 7.0×10⁴; rate ≈ 6×10⁻⁹ cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹ — comparable to the non-resonant part at this temperature, and dominant above it.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the Breit–Wigner cross-section of an isolated compound-nucleus level (imported from scattering theory; wave mechanics); the rate integral; the Boltzmann factor. Symbols: μ the reduced mass; ƛ = ħ/√(2μE) the reduced de Broglie wavelength; ω = (2J + 1)/[(2j₁ + 1)(2j₂ + 1)] the spin statistical factor; Γa, Γb, Γ the entrance, exit and total widths; ωγ ≡ ωΓaΓb/Γ the resonance strength; T₉ = T/10⁹ K.
1. Near an isolated level at Er the cross-section is a Lorentzian of width Γ. imported
2. Insert it in the rate integral. imported
3. For Γ ≪ kT the slowly varying factors E e−E/kT and ƛ² are constant across the peak and can be evaluated at Er and taken outside. approximation
4. Integrate the Lorentzian with the substitution E − Er = (Γ/2) tan θ, dE = (Γ/2) sec²θ dθ (integrals). identity
5. Collect: πƛr²Er = πħ²/(2μ), and √8 π−1/2 × π² × 2π /(2) … combine to (2π)3/2; define the strength ωγ. identity
6. Numbers per mole, with μ in u, T₉, and Er, ωγ in MeV: NA(2π)3/2ħ²/(muk × 10⁹ K)3/2 × 1 MeV = 6.02214×10²³ × 15.7496 × 1.11212×10⁻⁵⁴/(2.29263×10⁻³¹)3/2 × 1.60218×10⁻⁶ = 1.5399×10¹¹ cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹ per MeV of ωγ, and 1 MeV/(k × 10⁹ K) = 11.605; several narrow resonances add. numerical
7. Temperature exponent (logarithmic slope): differentiate the logarithm with respect to ln T. Because the exponent is Er/kT rather than a T−1/3 law, a resonance far above the Gamow peak is negligible at low T and takes over abruptly as T rises. identity
Result: NA⟨σv⟩res = 1.5399×10¹¹ (μuT₉)−3/2 Σ(ωγ)i exp(−11.605 Er,i/T₉). Derived: the form and the T−3/2e−Er/kT law; Calculated: 1.5399×10¹¹ and 11.605; Measured or fitted: Er and ωγ for each resonance.
③ Applicability and source
The triple-alpha rate is the product of two such steps (the ⁸Be equilibrium and the Hoyle resonance, triple-alpha); the low-energy ¹⁷O(p,α) resonance at 65 keV (LUNA 2016) is a modern example where a single narrow level changes a stellar abundance. Iliadis 2015 §3.2.4; Rolfs & Rodney ch. 4.
Builds on: the rate integral, the Boltzmann factor, the Schrödinger equation
Used by: The triple-alpha rate and its 4.4027/T₉
Assumptions and validity: the CN cycle has reached its equilibrium so that every catalyst passes the slowest reaction, ¹⁴N(p,γ), once per cycle; the ON loop is a small perturbation. Below ~15 MK the approach to equilibrium takes longer than the star's life and the page's network shows the transient instead.
① In words
In the CNO cycle the carbon, nitrogen and oxygen nuclei are catalysts: they are returned at the end of each lap. Once the cycle is running steadily, the rate of laps is set by its slowest step, the capture of a proton by ¹⁴N, and each lap releases the energy of one helium nucleus minus the two neutrinos. Because ¹⁴N + p must tunnel through a Z = 7 barrier, the rate climbs as roughly T¹⁸ — a furnace compared with the pp chain's T⁴, which is why massive stars have convective cores and short lives.
Try it (a 2 M☉ star: T = 21 MK, ρ = 40 g cm⁻³, X = 0.7, XCNO = 0.0136, almost all of it ¹⁴N): Yp = 0.7, Y₁₄ = 0.0136/14 = 9.7×10⁻⁴; the page's rate function gives NA⟨σv⟩₁₄ = 3.9×10⁻¹⁶ cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹ at 21 MK (unscreened); Qeff = 24.97 MeV = 4.0×10⁻⁵ erg: ε = 40 × 6.02×10²³ × 0.7 × 9.7×10⁻⁴ × 3.9×10⁻¹⁶ × 4.0×10⁻⁵ ≈ 2.5×10² erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹, fifteen times the solar central value. Live for your star: εCNO = against εpp = erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the steady state of the closed CN loop (CNO equilibrium); the energy generation bookkeeping; the Q-value of 4p → ⁴He and the mean neutrino energies of the ¹³N and ¹⁵O decays. Symbols: np, n₁₄ the proton and ¹⁴N number densities; Yp = X, Y₁₄ = X₁₄/14 molar abundances (mol g⁻¹); XCNO the total CNO mass fraction; ⟨σv⟩₁₄ the ¹⁴N(p,γ) rate coefficient; Qeff the energy deposited per completed lap; μu = 0.9397 the reduced mass of p + ¹⁴N in u.
1. In steady state all four proton captures of the CN loop run at the same rate, so the number of completed laps per cm³ per second equals the rate of the slowest link, ¹⁴N(p,γ). imported
2. Energy per lap: the net reaction is 4p → ⁴He + 2e⁺ + 2ν with Q = 26.73 MeV; the ¹³N and ¹⁵O decays' neutrinos carry away 0.71 and 1.00 MeV on average (the ON loop's ¹⁷F share is small). imported
3. Energy per gram per second: laps per volume times energy per lap, divided by ρ, with ni = ρNAYi and one NA grouped with ⟨σv⟩. identity
4. At equilibrium almost all CNO nuclei sit in ¹⁴N, so Y₁₄ ≈ XCNO/14 and the rate is linear in the metallicity — which the slider shows. approximation
5. Temperature exponent: τ for ¹⁴N + p at 20 MK, then ν = (τ − 2)/3 (temperature exponent); at 30 MK the same formula gives ν = 15. identity
6. Numbers for the 2 M☉ example of ①, with the page's own NA⟨σv⟩₁₄ = 3.9×10⁻¹⁶ cm³ mol⁻¹ s⁻¹ at 21 MK (unscreened). numerical
7. The textbook fit with its 8.24×10²⁵ and 15.231 is step 3 with the constants multiplied out (CNO fit). imported
Result: εCNO = ρNAYpY₁₄ · NA⟨σv⟩₁₄ · Qeff ≈ ρ(NA/14)XXCNO · NA⟨σv⟩₁₄ · Qeff, ν ≈ 18 at 20 MK. Derived: the bookkeeping and the exponent; Measured or fitted: ⟨σv⟩₁₄ (S₁₄(0) = 1.66 keV b) and the Q-values; Calculated: the 2 M☉ example.
③ Applicability and source
Above ~0.1 GK the 259 keV resonance in ¹⁴N(p,γ) takes over (resonant rates) and above ~10⁸ K the β decays become the bottleneck (hot CNO). The 2004 LUNA measurement halved S₁₄(0) from 3.2 to the Solar Fusion II value of 1.66 keV b, halving every CNO luminosity in the literature before it. Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 18; Adelberger et al. 2011.
Builds on: energy generation rate, CNO equilibrium abundances, Q-values
Used by: The textbook CNO fit and where its numbers come from
Assumptions and validity: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss (2012) eq. 18.65, built on the pre-2004 ¹⁴N(p,γ) S-factor of 3.2 keV b; today's value (1.66 keV b, Solar Fusion II after LUNA) makes its normalisation 1.9 times too high (an S(0) ratio; the complete rates also differ slightly in their temperature dependence). Shown for comparison only.
① In words
Like the pp fit, this is the Gamow-peak rate for ¹⁴N + p with every constant multiplied out: 15.231 is 4.2487 times the cube root of Z₁²Z₂²μ = 49 × 0.940, and 8.24×10²⁵ is Avogadro's number over 14, the rate prefactor, the S-factor and the energy per cycle. The Gaussian cutoff (T₉/0.8)² is the fitter's way of switching the non-resonant formula off where the resonance term takes over.
Try it (T₉ = 0.021, ρ = 40, X = 0.7, XCNO = 0.0136): T₉−2/3 = 13.1; exp(−15.231/0.2759) = exp(−55.2) = 1.1×10⁻²⁴; g₁₄ = 0.96: ε = 8.24×10²⁵ × 0.96 × 0.0136 × 0.7 × 40 × 13.1 × 1.1×10⁻²⁴ ≈ 4.2×10² erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹ with the old S-factor, against ≈ 2.5×10² from the page's rate function at the same (unscreened) conditions — a ratio of 1.65, not the S(0) ratio 3.2/1.66 = 1.93, because the two expressions also differ in their temperature dependence. The page's live comparison: at your star's centre.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the working rate formula and the CNO energy bookkeeping. Symbols: μu the reduced mass of p + ¹⁴N in u from the actual masses, 0.9397 (the mass-number shortcut 14/15 = 0.9333 is 0.7 % low); S(0) = 3.2 keV b (the fit's input) versus 1.66 keV b (Solar Fusion II); Qeff = 24.97 MeV = 4.0×10⁻⁵ erg; Y₁₄ = XCNO/14.
1. Exponent: 4.2487 (Z₁²Z₂²μu)1/3 with Z₁Z₂ = 7. identity
2. Prefactor: ε = ρNAYpY₁₄ · NA⟨σv⟩ · Qeff with Y₁₄ = XCNO/14 and NA⟨σv⟩ = 7.8324×10⁹ (7/μu)1/3 S(0) T₉−2/3e−15.23/T₉^{1/3}, (7/0.9397)1/3 = 1.953. identity
3. Multiply the constants with the fit's S(0) = 3.2×10⁻³ MeV b — the fit's 8.24×10²⁵. With the adopted Solar Fusion II value 1.66×10⁻³ MeV b the same product is 4.4×10²⁵: the S(0) ratio 1.93 (the complete rates differ by less, about 1.65 at 21 MK, because their temperature dependences differ). numerical
4. g₁₄ carries the Seff and peak corrections (Seff); the (T₉/0.8)² term suppresses the formula above ~0.3 GK where the resonant form (resonant rate) must be used instead. imported
5. The example of ① in one line, and the comparison with the page's rate function at the same conditions. numerical
Result: 15.231 = 4.2487 (49μu)1/3 and 8.24×10²⁵ = (NA/14) × 7.8324×10⁹ × (7/μu)1/3 × S(0) × Qeff with the 2004-era S(0). Derived: the form and the exponent coefficient; Measured or fitted: S(0), g₁₄, the cutoff; Calculated: the prefactor and the example.
③ Applicability and source
Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss 2012 §18.5; Angulo et al. 1999; Formicola et al. 2004 (LUNA) for the revised S-factor. The halving of the CNO rate moved the main-sequence turn-off ages of globular clusters up by ~0.7–1 Gyr.
Builds on: CNO energy generation, the working rate formula
Assumptions and validity: a closed loop in which every species is destroyed only by proton capture (β decays are fast and folded in) and the loop has run long enough to reach steady state — a few τp(¹⁴N), 10⁸–10⁹ yr at 15–20 MK. The ON loop leaks a fraction ~10⁻³ per lap and is ignored here.
① In words
In a cycle that runs steadily, the same number of nuclei passes every station per second. A nucleus that lingers at a station (long lifetime against the next proton capture) therefore piles up there, exactly in proportion to how long it waits — like cars on a road being densest where they move slowest. ¹⁴N + p is the slowest step by far, so almost all the CNO nuclei end up as ¹⁴N, and the ¹²C/¹³C ratio settles at the ratio of their lifetimes, about 3–4, regardless of the ratio the star started with.
Try it: if the lifetimes are in the ratio τ(¹²C) : τ(¹³C) : τ(¹⁴N) : τ(¹⁵N) = 1 : 0.21 : 400 : 0.008 (the page's own rates at the solar centre with X = 0.34: about 9×10⁵ yr, 1.9×10⁵ yr, 3.6×10⁸ yr and 7×10³ yr), then the abundances are in the same ratio: ¹⁴N holds 400/401.2 = 99.7 % of the nuclei, ¹²C/¹³C ≈ 4.8, and ¹⁵N is 0.8 % of ¹²C. Live values for your star's centre: → ¹²C/¹³C ≈ , ¹⁴N share %.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the mean lifetime against a reaction and the reaction rate; conservation of the catalyst nuclei. Symbols: ni the number density of catalyst species i (¹²C, ¹³C, ¹⁴N, ¹⁵N); τp(i) its lifetime against proton capture; np the proton density; NCNO = Σni the total number of catalysts per volume.
1. Lifetime of species i against proton capture, and its destruction rate per volume. definition
2. In a closed loop the production of species i is the destruction of species i − 1; in steady state every dni/dt vanishes, so all four destruction rates are equal, and each abundance is proportional to its lifetime. identity
3. Ratios: the proton density cancels, so the equilibrium ratio of two catalysts is the inverse ratio of their rate coefficients and depends only on temperature (weakly, because both have nearly the same Gamow exponent). identity
4. Conservation: each lap returns the ¹²C, so the total number of catalysts is constant; the share of each species is its lifetime over the sum of lifetimes. The page's network checks this conservation to one part in 10¹⁰. identity
5. Numbers for the example of ① (lifetime ratios 1 : 0.21 : 400 : 0.008). numerical
6. Approach to equilibrium: the slowest relaxation time is τp(¹⁴N) itself, while the ¹²C → ¹³C part equilibrates on τp(¹²C) ~ 10⁶ yr at 20 MK — which is why partially processed material shows the low ¹²C/¹³C long before ¹⁴N has reached its final share. identity
At your star's centre τp(¹²C) : τp(¹³C) : τp(¹⁴N) : τp(¹⁵N) = , giving ¹²C/¹³C ≈ and a ¹⁴N share of % of all CNO nuclei (live values from the rates at the current central conditions).
Result: ni ∝ τp(i), so ¹²C/¹³C = ⟨σv⟩₁₃/⟨σv⟩₁₂ and ¹⁴N holds τ₁₄/Στ of the catalysts. Derived: all of it from the steady state of a closed loop; Measured or fitted: the four rate coefficients; Calculated: the live ratios.
③ Applicability and source
Observed ¹²C/¹³C ≈ 20–30 in red-giant atmospheres reflects the dredge-up of partly processed layers mixed with unprocessed gas (the solar value is 89). Clayton 1983 §5-3; Iliadis 2015 §5.1.3.
Builds on: mean lifetime, reaction rate, probability and rates
Used by: Energy generation of the CNO cycle in steady state
Assumptions and validity: radiative diffusion with a Rosseland-mean opacity κ and an ideal monatomic gas without ionisation zones (∇ad = 0.4); ionisation and radiation pressure lower ∇ad; composition gradients add a term (Ledoux).
① In words
Photons can carry only so much energy for a given temperature gradient. If a region produces energy faster than radiation can drain it, the required temperature gradient becomes so steep that a blob of gas nudged upward — expanding and cooling as it rises — stays hotter and lighter than its new surroundings and keeps rising: the gas convects. The comparison is between the gradient radiation would need (proportional to the luminosity per unit mass, l/m, and to the opacity) and the gradient a rising blob follows (the adiabatic one). CNO burning concentrates a huge luminosity into a small mass, so its cores convect; the Sun's gentle pp core does not.
Try it (solar centre): κ = 1.2 cm² g⁻¹, l/m = εc = 17 erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹, P = 2.3×10¹⁷, T = 1.57×10⁷ K: ∇rad = 3 × 1.2 × 17 × 2.3×10¹⁷/(16π × 2.27×10⁻⁴ × 6.67×10⁻⁸ × 6.1×10²⁸) = 0.30 < 0.4: radiative. In a 2 M☉ star the central ε is twenty times larger while P/T⁴ is smaller, and ∇rad exceeds 0.4 in the inner few per cent of the mass: a convective core.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: radiative diffusion (as in the mass–luminosity derivation); hydrostatic equilibrium; the ideal gas and its adiabatic law P ∝ ρ5/3; the logarithmic slope. Symbols: l(r) the luminosity crossing radius r; m(r) the mass inside r; κ the opacity; a the radiation constant; ∇ ≡ d ln T/d ln P; δP < 0 the pressure change of a blob displaced upward.
1. Radiative diffusion gives the temperature gradient that carries the luminosity l(r). imported
2. Hydrostatic equilibrium gives the pressure gradient. imported
3. Divide the two gradients and convert to logarithmic derivatives; the density and r² cancel, leaving the form quoted in section 6 (∇rad ∝ κl/m). identity
4. Adiabatic gradient: a blob displaced quickly exchanges no heat, so P ∝ ρ5/3; with P ∝ ρT eliminate ρ. identity
5. Stability: displace a blob upward in pressure balance (δP < 0). Its temperature changes by ∇ad(δP/P)T, the surroundings' by ∇rad(δP/P)T; the blob ends hotter than its surroundings — and at equal pressure less dense, hence buoyant, hence unstable — exactly when ∇rad exceeds ∇ad. Convection then carries the excess flux and the actual gradient settles very close to ∇ad deep inside a star. identity
6. Near the centre l(r) → εcm(r), so the mass cancels: a large central ε (CNO, helium burning) forces a convective core whose mass grows with the stellar mass (10 % at 1.5 M☉, 80 % at 100 M☉). identity
7. Numbers at the solar centre (the example of ①). numerical
Result: ∇rad = 3κlP/(16πacGmT⁴) and convection where ∇rad > ∇ad = 2/5. Derived: all of it from diffusion, hydrostatic equilibrium and the adiabatic law; Imported: the opacity; Calculated: the solar value 0.30.
③ Applicability and source
Envelopes convect for a different reason — high opacity in partially ionised hydrogen (Sun, red giants). Overshooting beyond the formal boundary and semiconvection are the main uncertainties in the sizes of convective cores. Schwarzschild 1906; Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 6.
Builds on: hydrostatic equilibrium, radiative diffusion, ideal-gas pressure, logarithmic slope
Assumptions and validity: a single well-mixed parcel at given ρ and T; exact bookkeeping of nuclei per gram. The page's network folds seven short-lived intermediates into their producing reactions and verifies at every run that they live far shorter than the evolution time.
① In words
A reaction network is a ledger: for every species, the rate of change of its abundance is the sum over reactions of "how many of this species the reaction makes or destroys" times "how often the reaction happens". Abundances are kept per gram in moles, because reactions conserve nuclei, not mass fractions. The energy released is the same sum weighted by each reaction's deposited energy. That is all the physics; the difficulty is purely numerical, because the reactions run at rates that differ by twenty orders of magnitude.
Try it: for p + p → ³He (with the deuteron folded in), the flux is F = ρYp²NA⟨σv⟩pp/2, the stoichiometry is νp = −3 (two protons fuse and a third is captured by the deuteron), ν₃ = +1, and the deposited energy per flux is Qpp,dep + Qdp = (1.442 − 0.265) + 5.493 MeV.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: molar abundances (counting); the reaction rate per volume; the energy generation bookkeeping; derivatives. Symbols: Yi = Xi/Ai in mol g⁻¹; ni = ρNAYi; Fr the flux of reaction r in mol g⁻¹ s⁻¹ (reactions per gram per second divided by NA); νir the stoichiometric coefficient of species i in reaction r; Qr,dep, Qr,ν the deposited and neutrino energies per reaction; λ a decay constant.
1. Abundances per gram in moles, and the number density they imply. definition
2. Fluxes: reactions per gram per second divided by NA, from the rate per volume rab = nanb⟨σv⟩/(1 + δab); for a decay and for a three-body reaction likewise. definition
3. Bookkeeping: each occurrence of reaction r changes species i by νir (negative for reactants, positive for products). identity
4. Energy: NAFr reactions per gram per second times the energy each deposits (Q minus the mean neutrino energy, plus positron annihilation); the neutrino power is the same sum with Qr,ν. identity
5. Conservation laws that follow from the definitions: every reaction conserves nucleon number and charge, so the weighted sums are constant in time — the page checks both at every step. identity
6. Stiffness: at the solar centre τ(p + p) ≈ 10¹⁰ yr while τ(¹⁵N + p) ≈ hours, a ratio of 10¹⁴; an explicit integrator would need that many steps, so the page uses an implicit one (backward Euler). numerical
Result: dYi/dt = ΣrνirFr with Fab = ρYaYbNA⟨σv⟩ab/(1 + δab), ε = NAΣFrQr,dep — definitions and the identities they imply; the rate coefficients and Q-values are the measured inputs; the closure test compares the energy released with the change in rest mass.
③ Applicability and source
Full stellar networks couple hundreds of species and thousands of rates to the changing ρ and T of a stellar model; this page runs a 13-species network at fixed central conditions to show the abundance evolution, and takes the global structure from published models. Arnett 1996 ch. 3; Timmes 1999.
Builds on: reaction rate, counting particles, energy generation rate, derivatives
Used by: Why the network uses the backward Euler method, The abundance–energy closure test
Assumptions and validity: a first-order implicit method: stable for any step size on decaying (stiff) systems, accurate to first order in h; the page controls accuracy by step doubling and caps the change of every major species at 10 % per step.
① In words
The obvious way to integrate dY/dt = f(Y) — take the current rate and step forward — blows up if any reaction is faster than the step: the fast species overshoots, reverses, and oscillates with growing amplitude. The backward Euler method instead evaluates the rate at the end of the step, which requires solving an equation for the unknown end state but is stable no matter how fast the fastest reaction is: fast species simply relax to their equilibrium within one step. That is exactly what a stiff network needs, and it comes with a bonus: the bookkeeping of each step is exact, which makes the energy closure test a genuine check.
Try it with one decaying species, dY/dt = −λY, λ = 1 s⁻¹, h = 10 s: forward Euler gives Y₁ = Y₀(1 − hλ) = −9Y₀ (wrong sign, growing); backward Euler gives Y₁ = Y₀/(1 + hλ) = Y₀/11 (decays, as it should, though not with the exact e−10).
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the test equation dY/dt = −λY and its solution (exponential decay); the network equations; Newton's method for a nonlinear equation (derivatives). Symbols: h the step; Yn the abundance vector at step n; f(Y) the right-hand side; J = ∂f/∂Y the Jacobian; atol, rtol the absolute and relative tolerances (10⁻¹⁴ mol g⁻¹ and 10⁻⁴ in the page's parcel runs). The linear solve (Gaussian elimination with partial pivoting) is not derived here.
1. The test equation and its exact solution. imported
2. Forward Euler evaluates the rate at the start of the step; the amplification factor per step has magnitude below 1 only for small steps. identity
3. Backward Euler evaluates the rate at the end of the step; the factor is below 1 for every positive step — unconditionally stable, and the numbers of ① follow (−9 against 1/11 for hλ = 10). identity
4. For the coupled network the implicit equation is nonlinear (the fluxes are quadratic in Y). Define its residual and linearise it; the Newton step solves a linear system with the matrix I − hJ, the Jacobian being evaluated numerically by finite differences. definition
5. The page's Newton controls: a damping factor keeps every abundance positive, the iteration stops when every component has converged to the tolerances, and it gives up after 12 iterations (the step is then quartered). numerical
6. Error control by step doubling: take one step of size h and two of size h/2; their difference estimates the local error of a first-order method. Accept when the scaled error is at most 1, then grow or shrink the step; on rejection shrink and retry; on top of this no major species may change by more than 10 % per step. numerical
7. Exact bookkeeping: after Newton converges, Yn+1 − Yn = h f(Yn+1) holds up to the Newton residual (below the tolerances), so the end-of-step fluxes times h are the reaction counts that produced the abundance change; the page records them for each accepted half-step and sums them with the Q-values for the closure test. identity
Result: backward Euler is unconditionally stable on decaying systems (step 3) and gives exact per-step bookkeeping (step 7); accuracy comes from the step-doubling control of step 6, not from the method's order. The solver's termination (a stop condition or the step limit) is reported with each run; reaching the step limit is not completion.
③ Applicability and source
Production codes use higher-order implicit schemes (Bader–Deuflhard, Gear) and sparse solvers for hundreds of species; backward Euler is the simplest member of the family and adequate for a 13-species network with generous step control. Press et al., Numerical Recipes, ch. 16–17; Timmes 1999.
Builds on: the network equations, derivatives, exponential decay
Assumptions and validity: mass–energy conservation applied to the parcel; electron-inclusive (atomic) masses so that positron annihilation is inside the Q-values and not counted twice; exact apart from atomic binding energies (eV) and the numerical error of the integrator.
① In words
There are two independent ways to compute how much energy a parcel of gas has released: add up the energies of all the reactions that happened (the left side), or weigh the parcel before and after and convert the lost mass with E = mc² (the right side). They use different data — reaction Q-values and neutrino energies on one side, only the mass table on the other — so agreement to one part in 10¹² is a real test of the network's bookkeeping: a wrong stoichiometric coefficient, a double-counted annihilation, or a misplaced factor of Avogadro's number would break it.
Try it: burn 1 gram of hydrogen completely to helium. Left side: 6.45×10¹⁸ erg of reaction energy (including 2 % or so in neutrinos, which are counted in Eν). Right side: 1 g/1.6605×10⁻²⁴ g = 6.02×10²³ protons become 1.505×10²³ ⁴He atoms; the mass change is 6.02×10²³ × 1.007825 u − 1.505×10²³ × 4.002602 u = (6.0672 − 6.0239)×10²³ u = 4.33×10²¹ u = 7.19×10⁻³ g; × c² = 6.46×10¹⁸ erg ✓.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the network equations and their energy sums; mass–energy equivalence; the atomic-mass convention of β-decay Q-values; the per-step bookkeeping of backward Euler. Symbols: Fr the flux of reaction r (mol g⁻¹ s⁻¹); Qr,dep, Qr,ν the deposited and neutrino energies per reaction; εdep, εν the corresponding powers per gram; Edep, Eν their time integrals over the run (erg g⁻¹); m̃i the atomic mass of species i (nucleus plus its Z electrons); Yi,0, Yi,f the abundances at the start and end of the run.
1. The two powers per gram from the same fluxes. definition
2. Integrate both over the run; their sum is the total energy released by the reactions. definition
3. Rest mass of the parcel per gram: NAYi atoms of species i per gram, each of mass m̃i; the change between start and end, times c², is the energy that must have left the parcel. definition
4. The closure identity, and the relative closure the page reports. identity
5. Why atomic masses: when a positron is emitted an electron is left over and the pair annihilates into photons. Atomic masses carry Z electrons each, so the parent–daughter atomic mass difference already includes 2me for the positron plus the spare electron — the annihilation energy is inside ΔErest and inside Qdep, and neither side adds it again. identity
6. Units (dimensions). identity
7. What the page actually accumulates: after each accepted half-step of size h (right endpoint Yn+1), it adds εdep(Yn+1) h and εν(Yn+1) h — the backward-Euler bookkeeping makes these exactly the energies of the reactions that produced ΔY, up to the Newton residual; the integrator runs with rtol = 10⁻⁴, atol = 10⁻¹⁴ mol g⁻¹ and stops at its stop condition (or its step limit, which is reported). The displayed criterion |closure| < 10⁻³ is a bookkeeping check, not a solver tolerance. numerical
8. The example of ①: one gram of hydrogen burned completely, right side. numerical
Related checks with no free data: nucleon number ΣiAiYi must not change; the number of CNO catalyst nuclei must not change. Live results: closure , nucleons , CNO count .
Result: Edep + Eν = NAc²Σi(Yi,0 − Yi,f)m̃i, with both sides computed from independent data. Closure establishes the consistency of the energy bookkeeping (stoichiometry, annihilation, Avogadro factors); it does not validate the reaction rates (a wrong rate moves both sides together) nor the integration accuracy, which the step control of the solver governs.
③ Applicability
The test cannot catch a wrong rate (a rate error changes both sides consistently); it catches structural errors in the network. It is the reason the page trusts its own energy budgets.
Builds on: mass–energy equivalence, β-decay Q-values, the network equations
Assumptions and validity: the ⁸Be equilibrium (its decay is far faster than α capture on it) and a narrow Hoyle resonance with Γα ≫ Γrad; the first term is exact within those assumptions and dominates from 0.1 to ~1 GK. The second term (a higher resonance) matters only above ~1 GK. Below ~0.1 GK the rate needs an evaluation that includes the non-resonant contributions (NACRE; Fynbo et al. 2005); where they take over depends on the evaluation.
① In words
Three helium nuclei cannot meet at once, but two can form ⁸Be for 10⁻¹⁶ s, and if a third arrives during that instant it can form ¹²C — only because ¹²C happens to have an excited state (the Hoyle state) almost exactly at the right energy. The rate is the tiny equilibrium concentration of ⁸Be times the resonant capture rate on it, and both steps contribute a Boltzmann factor: their energies add up to 380 keV, which divided by k is 4.4×10⁹ K — the 4.4027/T₉ in the exponent. Two densities from the ⁸Be step and one from the capture make the rate ∝ ρ², and the exponent gives ν ≈ 40 at 10⁸ K.
Try it (T₉ = 0.1, ρ = 10⁵, Y = 1): NA²⟨σv⟩ = 2.79×10⁻⁸ × 1000 × e−44.03 = 2.79×10⁻⁵ × 7.6×10⁻²⁰ = 2.1×10⁻²⁴ cm⁶ mol⁻² s⁻¹; Yα = 0.25: ε = 6.02×10²³ × 1.166×10⁻⁵ erg × 10¹⁰ × 0.0156 × 2.1×10⁻²⁴/6 = 3.8×10² erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹ — helium ignites when this matches what the core must radiate.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the ⁸Be Saha equilibrium; the narrow-resonance rate; the three-body energy generation bookkeeping; the counting of triples (counting). Symbols: nα, n₈ the ⁴He and ⁸Be number densities; μ₁ = mα/2 the reduced mass of α + α, μ₂ = 2mα/3 that of α + ⁸Be (both reduced masses, not molecular weights); E₁ = 91.84 keV the energy of ⁸Be above two α particles and E₂ = 287.6 keV the Hoyle state above ⁸Be + α (measured); Γα = 8.5 eV, Γrad = 3.7 meV the widths (measured); ω = 1 (all spins zero); ⟨σv⟩3α the effective three-body coefficient (cm⁶ s⁻¹), defined so that r3α = nα³⟨σv⟩3α/3!.
1. Step one, α + α ⇌ ⁸Be: ⁸Be is unbound and breaks up in 10⁻¹⁶ s, so its abundance is the Saha equilibrium value. imported
2. Step two, ⁸Be + α → ¹²C* → ¹²C + γ through the Hoyle state: the narrow-resonance rate per ⁸Be nucleus, with the strength ωγ = ωΓαΓrad/Γ ≈ Γrad because the state almost always falls apart again (Γ ≈ Γα) and only one decay in 2300 reaches ¹²C. imported
3. Multiply the ⁸Be abundance by the capture rate per ⁸Be: the two Boltzmann factors combine and (2πħ²)3/2(2π)3/2ħ² Γrad = (2πħ²)³ (Γrad/ħ). identity
4. Insert the reduced masses: μ₁μ₂ = (mα/2)(2mα/3) = mα²/3, so (μ₁μ₂)−3/2 = 33/2/mα³ — the classic form. identity
5. Numbers: 2πħ²/(mαk × 10⁹ K) = 7.617×10⁻²⁴ cm², cubed 4.42×10⁻⁷⁰ T₉⁻³ cm⁶, × 33/2 = 2.30×10⁻⁶⁹; Γrad/ħ = 3.7×10⁻³ eV/6.58×10⁻¹⁶ eV s = 5.6×10¹² s⁻¹; (E₁ + E₂)/k = 379.5 keV/(8.617×10⁻⁵ eV K⁻¹) = 4.404×10⁹ K — the 4.4027 comes from the measured energies. numerical
6. Convert to the tabulated form: with r3α = nα³⟨σv⟩3α/3! (each triple counted once), NA²⟨σv⟩3α = 6NA² × 2.30×10⁻⁶⁹ × 5.6×10¹² T₉⁻³e−4.40/T₉ — the tabulated 2.79×10⁻⁸ T₉⁻³ e−4.4027/T₉ cm⁶ mol⁻² s⁻¹. numerical
7. Energy per gram with the three-body bookkeeping and Q3α = 7.275 MeV. identity
8. Temperature exponent (logarithmic slope): 41 at 0.1 GK, 19 at 0.2 GK. The second term of the tabulated rate, 1.35×10⁻⁸T₉−3/2e−24.811/T₉, is a higher-lying resonance kept from the same evaluation (Caughlan & Fowler 1988). identity
9. The example of ① from step 7 (T₉ = 0.1, ρ = 10⁵, Yα = 0.25). numerical
Result: r3α = 33/2nα³(2πħ²/mαkT)³(Γrad/ħ)e−(E₁+E₂)/kT, i.e. NA²⟨σv⟩3α = 2.79×10⁻⁸ T₉⁻³e−4.4027/T₉. Derived: the sequential equilibrium-plus-resonance form, the T⁻³ and the ρ² dependence; Measured: E₁, E₂, Γrad, Γα; Calculated from them: 4.4027 and 2.79×10⁻⁸ (and the example). The textbook form with the mass fraction Y is the triple-alpha fit.
③ Applicability and source
Hoyle 1954 predicted the resonance from the observed carbon abundance; Salpeter 1952 had the two-step mechanism. Modern evaluations (NACRE, Fynbo et al. 2005) add non-resonant terms below 0.1 GK and the precise widths. ¹²C(α,γ)¹⁶O competes for the helium and fixes the C/O ratio. Clayton 1983 §5-4; Iliadis 2015 §5.2.1.
Builds on: ⁸Be Saha equilibrium, narrow-resonance rate, energy generation rate, counting triples
Used by: The textbook triple-alpha fit 5.1×10⁸ ρ²Y³T₉⁻³e^(−4.4027/T₉)
Assumptions and validity: Kippenhahn & Weigert's form of the Caughlan–Fowler resonant term; the same validity as the first term of the page's rate (0.1–1 GK). Y here is the mass fraction, not the molar abundance.
① In words
The textbook formula is the page's rate with the constants multiplied out and the helium abundance written as a mass fraction. The difference between Y (mass fraction) and Yα = Y/4 (moles per gram) is a factor 64 in Y³, which is where much of the numerical difference between 5.1×10⁸ and the page's prefactor hides.
Try it (T₉ = 0.1, ρ = 10⁵, Y = 1): 5.1×10⁸ × 10¹⁰ × 1000 × 7.6×10⁻²⁰ = 3.9×10² erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹, the same as the worked example in the
triple-alpha entry; the page's live ratio of the two forms is
.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the energy per gram of the triple-alpha entry and the tabulated rate; units. Symbols: Y the helium mass fraction; Yα = Y/4 the molar abundance (mol g⁻¹); Q3α = 7.275 MeV.
1. The energy per gram in molar form, with the tabulated rate. imported
2. Multiply the constants. numerical
3. Change the abundance variable to the mass fraction: Yα = Y/4, so Yα³ = Y³/64. identity
4. The example of ①. numerical
Result: 5.1×10⁸ = NAQ3α × 2.79×10⁻⁸/(6 × 64). Derived: the conversion; Imported: the tabulated rate (itself calculated from measured resonance data in the triple-alpha entry); Calculated: the prefactor.
③ Source
Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss 2012 eq. 18.67; Caughlan & Fowler 1988.
Builds on: the triple-alpha rate, units and dimensions
Assumptions and validity: ⁸Be breaks up (10⁻¹⁶ s) far faster than it captures an α or is otherwise destroyed, so α + α ⇌ ⁸Be is in chemical equilibrium; all species are classical, non-degenerate ideal gases; ground states only (g = 1 for spin-0 nuclei).
① In words
When a reaction and its reverse both run fast, the abundances settle at the value where the two rates are equal, and that value is fixed by thermodynamics alone: a Boltzmann factor for the energy difference, times a factor that counts how much more "room" free particles have than a bound pair. That counting factor is the cube of the thermal de Broglie wavelength — the same combination that appears in the ionisation equilibrium of hydrogen (the original Saha equation), in nuclear statistical equilibrium, and in the r-process waiting points. For ⁸Be, which lies 92 keV above two α particles, the equilibrium concentration is about one in a billion at 10⁸ K — enough for the third α to find it.
Try it (T = 10⁸ K): μ = mα/2 = 3.32×10⁻²⁴ g, kT = 1.38×10⁻⁸ erg: 2πħ²/(μkT) = 6.99×10⁻⁵⁴/4.59×10⁻³² = 1.52×10⁻²² cm², to the 3/2: 1.88×10⁻³³ cm³; e−91.84/8.617 = e−10.66 = 2.35×10⁻⁵; product 4.4×10⁻³⁸ cm³. With nα = 1.5×10²⁸ cm⁻³ (ρ = 10⁵, Y = 1): n₈/nα = 4.4×10⁻³⁸ × 1.5×10²⁸ = 6.6×10⁻¹⁰.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the condition of chemical equilibrium in terms of chemical potentials; the Boltzmann factor and the density of momentum states, which give the chemical potential of a classical ideal gas; the Gaussian integral (distributions). Symbols: μichem the chemical potential of species i (the energy cost of adding one particle at fixed T), written μi in this entry — not a reduced mass; gi the spin degeneracy; nQ,i the quantum concentration; μred = mAmB/mC the reduced mass in step 4; Q = (mA + mB − mC)c².
1. Chemical equilibrium for A + B ⇌ C means the chemical potentials balance; equivalently the forward rate nAnB⟨σv⟩ equals the reverse rate nCλ, and detailed balance fixes the ratio. definition
2. The chemical potential of a classical ideal gas of mass m and degeneracy g: sum the Boltzmann factor over the momentum states per volume to get the quantum concentration, using ∫₀^∞ p²e−p²/2mkTdp = (√π/4)(2mkT)3/2 and h = 2πħ. identity
3. Insert the three chemical potentials into step 1, collect the rest energies into Q and exponentiate. identity
4. The ratio of quantum concentrations is a thermal de Broglie volume with the reduced mass. identity
5. For ⁸Be: Q = −91.84 keV (unbound), g₈ = gα = 1, μred = mα/2, and the two identical α particles are already accounted for by nα². identity
6. Numbers at T = 10⁸ K (the example of ①). numerical
Result: nC/(nAnB) = [gC/(gAgB)](2πħ²/μredkT)3/2eQ/kT. Derived: all of it from the equality of chemical potentials and the classical ideal-gas partition sum; Measured: Q = −91.84 keV. The same three ingredients — degeneracies, thermal wavelengths, Boltzmann factor — give the NSE abundances and the r-process waiting points.
③ Applicability and source
Saha 1920 (ionisation); Salpeter 1952 for ⁸Be. The equilibrium fails if the capture on ⁸Be becomes comparable to its break-up (never in stars) or if T is so low that the equilibration time exceeds the evolution time. Clayton 1983 §5-4 and ch. 7.
Builds on: the Boltzmann factor, counting quantum states, probability and rates
Used by: The triple-alpha rate and its 4.4027/T₉, Nuclear statistical equilibrium: the condition, The NSE abundance relation, The r-process waiting-point (Saha) condition
Assumptions and validity: strong and electromagnetic reactions (captures and photodisintegrations of n, p, α) are fast compared with the evolution time — true above ~3–4 GK for the timescales of silicon burning and explosive burning. Weak reactions are not assumed in equilibrium: Ye is an input that electron captures slowly change.
① In words
At several billion kelvin every nucleus is constantly being taken apart by photons and rebuilt by captures, so fast that the composition no longer remembers how it got there. Each species settles at the abundance where its assembly and disassembly balance — a state of chemical equilibrium described, like any equilibrium, by chemical potentials: the cost of adding a nucleus equals the cost of adding its protons and neutrons separately. Given the temperature, the density and the proton-to-neutron ratio, that single condition fixes every abundance, and it favours the most tightly bound nuclei the available protons and neutrons can make.
Try it: the condition for ⁵⁶Ni is μ(⁵⁶Ni) = 28μp + 28μn; for ⁵⁴Fe, 26μp + 28μn. Their ratio therefore depends on μp − μn, which the value of Ye sets: lower Ye (fewer protons) lowers μp and tips the balance from ⁵⁶Ni (Ye = 0.5) to ⁵⁴Fe (0.481) to ⁵⁶Fe (0.464).
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the Saha condition for one capture link (the Saha equation); the binding energy; the Boltzmann factor. Symbols: μ(A,Z), μp, μn the chemical potentials (not masses); N = A − Z; Yi molar abundances; Ye = ΣZiYi the electron fraction; θ the quantum concentration of a nucleon, defined in the abundance entry.
1. Every strong and electromagnetic link — (A,Z) + γ ⇌ (A−1,Z) + n, (A,Z) + γ ⇌ (A−1,Z−1) + p and the α captures — runs both ways much faster than the composition evolves; the weak reactions do not, so Ye is fixed from outside. assumption
2. For each link in equilibrium the chemical potentials balance (the Saha condition). identity
3. Follow the chain of links down to free nucleons and add: the chemical potential of a nucleus equals that of its constituents. Two unknowns remain, μp and μn (equivalently Yp and Yn). identity
4. Close the system with two conservation laws — nucleon number and charge; solving them (numerically) for the two potentials gives every abundance through the NSE abundance relation. definition
5. Why binding energy wins: the abundance of (A,Z) carries the factor eB(A,Z)/kT; at 5 GK, kT = 0.431 MeV, so a 1 MeV difference in binding energy is a factor of ten in abundance and the most bound nuclei compatible with Ye dominate — ⁵⁶Ni at Ye = 0.5, ⁵⁴Fe/⁵⁸Ni at 0.48, ⁵⁶Fe at 0.46. identity
6. Why it dissolves at high temperature: each nucleon bound into a nucleus loses a thermal cell, which costs a factor ρNA/θ with θ ∝ T3/2; at T ≳ 10 GK this factor wins over the binding energy and NSE dissolves everything into α particles and nucleons. identity
Result: μ(A,Z) = Zμp + (A − Z)μn with ΣAiYi = 1 and ΣZiYi = Ye — a statement of chemical equilibrium (a principle) plus two conservation laws; the abundances that follow are the next entry, and the solve is numerical.
③ Applicability and source
Quasi-statistical equilibrium (QSE) is the intermediate case in which clusters of nuclei are in mutual equilibrium but not with the free nucleons — the state of silicon burning. Clifford & Tayler 1965; Woosley, Arnett & Clayton 1973; Clayton 1983 ch. 7.
Builds on: the Saha equation, binding energy, the Boltzmann factor
Used by: The NSE abundance relation
Assumptions and validity: classical ideal gases for all species (nucleons non-degenerate: fine for ρ ≲ 10⁹ g cm⁻³ at NSE temperatures), partition functions G(A,Z) that include excited states, and the equilibrium condition of the previous entry.
① In words
Apply the Saha reasoning not to one capture but to assembling a whole nucleus from Z protons and N neutrons at once. Each nucleon that is bound into the nucleus loses the freedom of its own thermal cell — hence one factor of the density over the thermal concentration per nucleon beyond the first — and the whole gains the Boltzmann factor of the binding energy. Density favours big nuclei, temperature favours free nucleons, and binding energy decides between the candidates.
Try it (⁵⁶Fe against ⁵⁶Ni at T₉ = 5): both have A = 56, so the density factors cancel in the ratio and Y(⁵⁶Fe)/Y(⁵⁶Ni) = (G ratio) × (Yn/Yp)² × e[B(⁵⁶Fe) − B(⁵⁶Ni)]/kT with B(⁵⁶Fe) − B(⁵⁶Ni) = 492.26 − 483.99 = 8.27 MeV and kT = 0.431 MeV: e19.2 = 2×10⁸. Binding favours iron by a factor of 10⁸, yet ⁵⁶Ni wins whenever Yn/Yp ≲ 7×10⁻⁵ (for equal partition functions; in general the crossover is Yn/Yp = √(GNi/GFe) e−ΔB/2kT). Which Yn/Yp a gas of given Ye settles at is fixed by the two conservation laws together with the density: at the densities of silicon burning the published NSE solutions give ⁵⁶Ni for Ye = 0.5 and ⁵⁶Fe near Ye ≈ 0.46 (section 9) — an outcome of the constrained solution, not of the ratio alone.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the chemical potential of a classical ideal gas (derived in the Saha entry); the NSE condition; the binding energy; state counting. Symbols: μi chemical potentials (not masses); Gi the partition function (2 for a nucleon; for a nucleus the ground-state spin degeneracy 2J + 1 plus thermally populated excited states, Σ(2Jk + 1)e−Ek/kT); nQ,i = (mikT/2πħ²)3/2; N = A − Z; θ ≡ (mukT/2πħ²)3/2; B(A,Z) = (Zmp + Nmn − mA,Z)c².
1. Chemical potentials of the nucleus and of the free nucleons. imported
2. Insert into μ(A,Z) = Zμp + Nμn; the rest energies combine into the binding energy; exponentiate (Gp = Gn = 2 gives the 2−A). identity
3. Thermal concentrations: in the prefactors take mp ≈ mn ≈ mu and mA,Z ≈ Amu (the binding energy stays exact in the exponent), so each nQ,i is θ times a mass ratio to the 3/2. approximation
4. Evaluate θ: muk × 10⁹ K/(2πħ²) = 1.6605×10⁻²⁴ × 1.3807×10⁻¹⁶ × 10⁹/(2π × 1.1121×10⁻⁵⁴) = 3.281×10²² cm⁻², to the power 3/2. numerical
5. Convert to molar abundances with ni = ρNAYi and divide by ρNA. identity
6. The solve: Yp and Yn are the two unknowns of the two conservation laws; because the exponentials span hundreds of orders of magnitude the equations are solved by Newton iteration in the logarithms x = ln Yp, y = ln Yn. This page does not perform that solve; its section 9 shows published NSE results. numerical
7. Isobars: for two nuclei with the same A the density factors, A3/2 and 2−A cancel in the ratio, leaving the partition functions, the nucleon ratio and the binding-energy difference; set the ratio to one for the crossover. identity
8. Numbers at T₉ = 5 (kT = 0.431 MeV), ΔB = 492.26 − 483.99 = 8.27 MeV, equal partition functions. numerical
Which Ye that crossover corresponds to depends on the density and on the full constrained solution of step 6 (the published NSE results of section 9: ⁵⁶Ni at Ye = 0.5, ⁵⁶Fe near Ye ≈ 0.46 at silicon-burning densities); an isobar ratio alone does not determine the composition at a given Ye.
Result: Y(A,Z) = G(ρNA/θ)A−1(A3/2/2A)YpZYnNeB/kT with θ = 5.943×10³³T₉3/2 cm⁻³. Derived: the relation, up to the mass approximation of step 3; Imported: the partition functions and binding energies (mass tables); Calculated: θ and the isobar crossover; the constrained solve is numerical and not performed on the page.
③ Applicability and source
Coulomb corrections to the chemical potentials matter above ~10⁹ g cm⁻³; partition functions come from tabulated level densities (Rauscher & Thielemann 2000). Clayton 1983 ch. 7; Woosley's lecture notes; Seitenzahl et al. 2008 for modern NSE tables.
Builds on: the NSE condition, the Saha equation, binding energy, counting quantum states
Assumptions and validity: the p + p reaction is the bottleneck (every later step is millions of times faster) and the chains are in steady state so that each p + p reaction completes a known fraction of a ⁴He; ψ and qH depend on the branching, which the page reads from its live network.
① In words
Hydrogen burning by the pp chains is paced entirely by the slowest step, p + p. Count those reactions per second per gram, then ask how much energy each one eventually delivers: half a helium nucleus's worth if the chain finishes through pp-I (two p + p reactions are needed per ⁴He), a whole one if it finishes through pp-II or pp-III (one p + p, the other ³He partner being a helium nucleus that already existed). The factor ψ between 1 and 2 encodes that, and qH converts to energy per gram of hydrogen after subtracting the neutrinos' share.
Try it (solar centre): ρ = 150 g cm⁻³, X = 0.34, ⟨σv⟩pp = 1.0×10⁻¹⁹/NA = 1.7×10⁻⁴³ cm³ s⁻¹, ψ ≈ 1.5, qH = 6.3×10¹⁸ erg g⁻¹: ε = 1.5 × 6.3×10¹⁸ × 150 × 0.34²/1.66×10⁻²⁴ × 1.7×10⁻⁴³ = 16 erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹ — the standard solar model has 17 at the centre, including the CNO contribution.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the reaction rate per volume for identical particles; the energy generation bookkeeping; the deposited Q-values of the three chains; the completion fractions of the branching entry. Symbols: np = ρX/mu the proton density; rpp the p + p reactions per cm³ per second; H the ⁴He nuclei completed per cm³ per second, split into HI, HII, HIII with fractions fb = Hb/H; Qb,dep the energy deposited per ⁴He completed through branch b (26.20, 25.66, 19.76 MeV); QI ≡ QI,dep; Q̄dep = ΣbfbQb,dep the branch-averaged deposit; pep and hep are neglected in the counting below (the page's network includes both).
1. p + p reactions per cm³ per second: identical particles, so each pair is counted once. imported
2. Count initiations per completion: a ⁴He finished through pp-I needed two p + p reactions (two ³He were made and fused); one finished through pp-II or pp-III needed one (its ³He partner was a pre-existing ⁴He). In steady state every initiation ends in a completion. identity
3. Energy deposited per cm³ per second is the sum over branches of completions times deposit; divide by rpp to get the energy per p + p reaction, and write it as ψ times the pure pp-I value QI/2. This defines the energy-weighted factor ψE, which is what the page computes (P.epsPP) and displays as ψ; the pure counting factor ψcount = 2/(1 + fI) runs from 1 (all pp-I) to 2 (no pp-I). definition
4. Energy per gram per second: reactions per volume times energy per reaction, divided by ρ; insert step 1 and group the constants into qH, the energy per gram of hydrogen converted (QI per four protons). identity
5. Numbers for qH: QI = 26.20 MeV (26.73 MeV minus the 2.0 % carried by the two pp neutrinos); the pp-II and pp-III deposits are 25.66 MeV (4.0 % lost) and 19.76 MeV (26 % lost to the energetic ⁸B neutrino). numerical
6. Temperature dependence: ⟨σv⟩pp ∝ Tν with ν = (τ − 2)/3 ≈ 4 at 15 MK (temperature exponent) — the gentlest of all the burning laws, which is why the Sun's core is not convective. identity
7. The solar-centre numbers of ① follow from step 4 with ψE = 1.5. Inserting the working rate formula with Spp(0) turns step 4 into the Kippenhahn–Weigert fit (the pp fit). numerical
Result: εpp = ψE qH ρX²⟨σv⟩pp/mu with qH = QI/4mu = 6.32×10¹⁸ erg g⁻¹ and ψE = [2/(1 + fI)] Q̄dep/QI. Derived: the bookkeeping; Measured or fitted: ⟨σv⟩pp (S-factor) and the Q-values; Calculated: fI and ψE from the live network. Do not read fI off the displayed ψE by inverting ψcount: the energy weighting is inside it.
③ Applicability and source
Below ~8 MK the ³He steady state is not reached within the age of the universe, and ³He accumulates instead of completing chains; the page's network follows this explicitly and the steady-state ψ is used only where labelled. Source: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 18; Adelberger et al. 2011.
Builds on: energy generation rate, reaction rate, Q-values
Used by: The textbook pp fit and where its numbers come from
Assumptions and validity: ³He production and destruction balance (reached after ~10⁶ yr at the solar centre, never below ~8 MK); deuterium is consumed instantly; ⁷Be is destroyed only by electron and proton capture. The page reads its quoted branching from the live network and uses these formulas in lab mode above 8 MK, labelled.
① In words
Every p + p reaction makes one ³He (the deuteron is consumed within seconds). A ³He nucleus then either meets another ³He — completing pp-I and returning two protons — or a ⁴He, starting pp-II or pp-III. In steady state the ³He abundance settles where its destruction balances its production, and the split between the routes follows from the two destruction rates at that abundance. The ⁷Be made on the second route then chooses between capturing an electron (pp-II) or a proton (pp-III) — a competition between two lifetimes.
Try it: the page's live network gives ψ =
at your star's centre — the energy-weighted factor ψ
E of the
pp-energy entry, which grows from 1 (all pp-I) toward 2 as the ³He + ⁴He route takes over. In the present Sun's centre the two ³He destruction terms are comparable (ψ ≈ 1.5), while averaged over the cooler bulk of the core pp-I still makes about 85 % of the helium.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the reaction rate per volume; the competition of lifetimes; the fitted ⁷Be electron-capture rate (⁷Be capture) and pep fraction (pep). Symbols: n₃, n₄, np the ³He, ⁴He and proton densities; ⟨σv⟩₃₃, ⟨σv⟩₃₄, ⟨σv⟩hep, ⟨σv⟩₁₇ the rate coefficients of ³He + ³He, ³He + ⁴He, ³He + p and ⁷Be + p; rpp, rpep the initiation rates; Hb the ⁴He completion rate through branch b, fb = Hb/H; λe the ⁷Be electron-capture rate per nucleus.
1. Balance ³He: it is produced once per p + p and once per pep reaction, destroyed two at a time by ³He + ³He (the reaction rate is ½n₃²⟨σv⟩₃₃ and each removes two, so the loss is n₃²⟨σv⟩₃₃) and one at a time by ³He + ⁴He and ³He + p. identity
2. Solve the quadratic for the positive root. identity
3. Two limits of the root: when the 33 term dominates (b² ≪ 4ac, cool stars) and when the 34 term dominates (b² ≫ 4ac, hot helium-rich cores). approximation
4. Completions: each ³He + ³He reaction completes one ⁴He, and each ³He + ⁴He reaction leads, through ⁷Be, to one net ⁴He; the pp-I fraction of the helium production is the ratio of the first to the sum. definition
5. Initiations per completion (pep and hep neglected): pp-I costs two p + p, the other branches one, so rpp = (1 + fI)H and the counting factor of the pp-energy entry follows; the energy-weighted ψE that the page displays multiplies it by Q̄dep/QI. identity
6. The ⁷Be fork: electron capture at rate λe per ⁷Be nucleus competes with proton capture at rate np⟨σv⟩₁₇; the split is the ratio of the two rates. In the Sun it is about 10⁻³: the ⁸B branch is rare but its neutrinos are the most energetic. identity
7. Time to reach the steady state: ³He relaxes on its own destruction time — about 10⁶ yr at the solar centre but longer than the age of the universe below ~8 MK, which is why the page follows ³He with its network instead of assuming the steady state. identity
8. The electron-capture rate and the pep fraction come from the Solar Fusion II fits (λe(⁷Be), R(pep)/R(pp)). imported
Result: n₃ from the quadratic of step 2, fI from step 4, fIII/fII from step 6, ψcount = 2/(1 + fI). Derived: all of it under the steady-state assumption; Measured or fitted: the four rate coefficients and λe; Calculated: the live values from the page's network (which integrates the ³He equation rather than assuming steady state).
③ Applicability and source
Real stars mix ³He by convection and the branching varies with radius; the numbers here are for the centre. Clayton 1983 §5-2; Adelberger et al. 2011 (Solar Fusion II); Bahcall, Neutrino Astrophysics, ch. 3.
Builds on: reaction rate, mean lifetime, probability and rates
Used by: The luminosity constraint on the solar neutrino fluxes
Assumptions and validity: the Solar Fusion II fit (Adelberger et al. 2011, eq. 40), stated for 10 < T₆ < 16 and solar-like densities; the page uses the same form outside that range and flags it. Continuum capture with a small bound-state and screening correction.
① In words
On Earth ⁷Be decays by swallowing one of its own atomic electrons (it cannot emit a positron: the mass difference, 0.862 MeV, is below the 1.022 MeV needed). In a star it has no bound electrons — but it is bathed in free ones, and it captures from the plasma instead. The rate is proportional to the electron density and, because slow electrons linger near the nucleus, to T−1/2. At the solar centre the resulting lifetime is about 80 days, close to the laboratory value by coincidence.
Try it (solar centre): ρ/μe = 150 × (1 + 0.34)/2 = 100, T₆ = 15.7: λe = 5.60×10⁻⁹ × 100 × 15.7−1/2 × [1 + 0.004 × (−0.3)] = 1.41×10⁻⁷ s⁻¹, a mean life of 7.1×10⁶ s = 82 days (laboratory mean life 76.8 days).
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the measured laboratory decay rate of ⁷Be (imported); the hydrogenic 1s wave function at the nucleus (Schrödinger equation); Coulomb focusing of an attracted particle (Coulomb attraction); the Maxwell–Boltzmann average of 1/v; the electron count per unit mass (mean molecular weight). Symbols: λlab, λe the capture rates per ⁷Be nucleus in the laboratory and in the plasma; |ψ(0)|² the electron probability density at the nucleus; a₀ the Bohr radius; η = Ze²/(ħv) the Sommerfeld parameter of an electron of speed v; ne = ρNA/μe; T₆ = T/10⁶ K. This entry shows the scaling and then quotes the fit: the constant 5.60×10⁻⁹ is not derived here.
1. Capture is a weak-interaction process whose rate is proportional to the probability of finding an electron at the nucleus; the measured half-life fixes the laboratory rate. imported
2. In the laboratory the density at the nucleus is set by the two K-shell electrons; an unscreened hydrogenic estimate is 2|ψ1s(0)|² with |ψ1s(0)|² = Z³/(πa₀³) (the real neutral atom's density is somewhat lower and the L shell adds a share). approximation
3. In a plasma the density at the nucleus is the free-electron density times the Coulomb focusing factor of an attracted charge, which for slow electrons is ≈ 2πη. approximation
4. Average 1/v over the Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution: ⟨1/v⟩ = (2me/πkT)1/2, so the focusing factor and the rate scale as T−1/2. identity
5. Scale the laboratory rate by the ratio of densities at the nucleus: at the solar centre ne = 6×10²⁵ cm⁻³ and ⟨2πη⟩ ≈ 2.8. The exact thermal average, bound-state captures in the partially screened plasma and the K/L-shell shares bring the estimate to the fitted value. numerical
6. The Solar Fusion II fit, with the T−1/2 and ne ∝ ρ/μe scalings of steps 3–4 and a small linear correction. imported
7. Electron density from composition, and the solar-centre value of ①. numerical
Result: λe ∝ (ρ/μe) T−1/2 with the fitted constant 5.60×10⁻⁹ s⁻¹. Derived: the scaling; Imported: λlab and the fit's constant and correction; Calculated: the order-of-magnitude estimate of step 5 and the solar lifetime.
③ Applicability and source
Bahcall 1962; Bahcall & Moeller 1969; Gruzinov & Bahcall 1997 (the bracket term); Adelberger et al. 2011 eq. 40. The 10 % of decays to the excited state of ⁷Li (0.384 MeV neutrino line) is included in the total rate.
Builds on: β-decay Q-values, Maxwell–Boltzmann, mean molecular weight
Used by: The pep reaction relative to p + p
Assumptions and validity: the Solar Fusion II fit (Adelberger et al. 2011, eq. 46; Bahcall & May 1969) for solar conditions, 10 < T₆ < 16. The ratio depends on the electron density and weakly on temperature.
① In words
Two protons can also fuse by absorbing an electron instead of emitting a positron: p + e⁻ + p → ²H + ν. It is the same weak interaction as p + p, so the ratio of the two rates does not depend on the poorly known nuclear matrix element — only on how often an electron is available at the moment of the collision, which brings in the electron density and the T−1/2 Coulomb focusing of slow electrons. The pep neutrino is a line at 1.442 MeV (all the energy goes to the neutrino), measured by Borexino in 2012.
Try it (solar centre): 1.130×10⁻⁴ × 100 × 15.7−1/2 × [1 + 0.02 × (−0.3)] = 2.8×10⁻³: 0.28 % of the p + p reactions at the centre; over the whole Sun the ratio of neutrino fluxes is 0.23 % (1.4×10⁸ against 6.0×10¹⁰ cm⁻² s⁻¹).
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the shared nuclear matrix element of p + p and pep (assumption); the electron density at the collision point with Coulomb focusing (as for ⁷Be capture); the phase-space factors of the two weak decays (imported, Bahcall & May 1969); the β-decay Q-value bookkeeping. Symbols: R(pp), R(pep) the two reaction rates; ne = ρNA/μe; Qpp = 0.420 MeV the kinetic energy released by p + p → d + e⁺ + ν (annihilation excluded); Qpep the energy released by p + e⁻ + p → d + ν.
1. Both reactions share the nuclear part: two protons at the same relative energy tunnelling to the same deuteron; p + p releases a positron and a neutrino into the available phase space, pep captures an electron and releases only a neutrino, which carries the full Qpep. assumption
2. The pep rate is therefore the p + p rate times the probability of an electron being at the collision point — ne with Coulomb focusing ∝ ⟨1/v⟩ ∝ T−1/2 — times the ratio of the two phase-space factors, a number of order 10⁻²⁹ cm³ that Bahcall & May evaluated. identity
3. The Solar Fusion II fit with the scaling of step 2 and a small linear correction. imported
4. Energy bookkeeping: no positron mass has to be created, so the pep reaction releases 2mec² more than the kinetic Q of p + p; the neutrino takes all of it, which is why the pep row in the section-5 table lists a neutrino energy equal to Q and the star keeps nothing from the reaction itself. identity
5. Numbers at the solar centre (the example of ①). numerical
Result: R(pep)/R(pp) = 1.130×10⁻⁴ (ρ/μe) T₆−1/2[1 + 0.02(T₆ − 16)]. Derived: the scaling with ρ/μe and T−1/2 and the Q-value bookkeeping; Imported: the phase-space constant and the fit; Calculated: 0.28 % at the solar centre.
③ Applicability
The same electron-capture-versus-positron-emission competition governs ⁷Be (⁷Be capture) and, at much higher densities, the electron captures that trigger core collapse (section 11).
Builds on: β-decay Q-values, ⁷Be electron capture
Assumptions and validity: Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss (2012) eq. 18.63, a fit to the NACRE (1999) p + p rate; f is the screening factor. Its complete rate runs 4–6 % below the page's live rate between 5 and 50 MK (ratios 0.94, 0.94 and 0.96 at 5, 15.7 and 50 MK with the same composition, branching and screening).
① In words
Textbook energy-generation formulas look like magic numbers, but they are the Gamow-peak rate with the constants multiplied out. The 3.381 in the exponent is the 4.2487 of the general formula times the cube root of the charges and reduced mass of two protons; the 2.57×10⁴ is Avogadro's number, the p + p S-factor, the prefactor 7.83×10⁹ and the energy per reaction combined; the polynomial g₁₁ mops up the slow variation of Seff and the peak corrections.
Try it (T₉ = 0.0157, ρ = 150, X = 0.34, ψ = 1.5, f = 1.04): T₉−2/3 = 15.9; exp(−3.381/0.2502) = exp(−13.51) = 1.35×10⁻⁶; g₁₁ = 1.06; ε = 2.57×10⁴ × 1.5 × 1.04 × 1.06 × 150 × 0.1156 × 15.9 × 1.35×10⁻⁶ ≈ 16 erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹. The page's live value is at your star's centre.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the working rate formula and the pp energy bookkeeping. Symbols: μu = mp/(2mu) = 0.50364 the reduced mass of two protons in u (the mass-number shortcut gives 0.5); S(0) = 4.01×10⁻²² keV b = 4.01×10⁻²⁵ MeV b; QI/2 = 13.1 MeV = 2.10×10⁻⁵ erg per p + p; ψ = ψE as displayed by the page; Yp = X the molar abundance of protons.
1. Exponent: the general 4.2487 (Z₁²Z₂²μu)1/3 with Z₁ = Z₂ = 1. identity
2. Prefactor: write ε = ρNA(Yp²/2) NA⟨σv⟩ × ψQI/2 and insert NA⟨σv⟩ = 7.8324×10⁹ (1/μu)1/3 S(0) T₉−2/3 e−3.38/T₉^{1/3} with (1/0.50364)1/3 = 1.2569. identity
3. Multiply the constants: 6.022×10²³/2 × 7.8324×10⁹ × 1.2569 × 4.01×10⁻²⁵ × 2.10×10⁻⁵ — the fit's 2.57×10⁴ (the residual few per cent are in g₁₁ and in the NACRE S-factor). numerical
4. The polynomial g₁₁ (1.06 at T₉ = 0.0157) carries the fit's own temperature dependence and normalisation; it is not the same object as Seff/S(0) = 1.11 of the Seff entry, so the two are compared as complete rates, not term by term: the fit runs 4–6 % low. imported
5. The example of ① in one line. numerical
Result: the fit's 3.381 and 2.57×10⁴ are the general formula's constants multiplied out for p + p. Derived: the T₉−2/3e−3.38/T₉^{1/3} form and the exponent coefficient; Measured or fitted: S(0), g₁₁; Calculated: the prefactor 2.5×10⁴ and the example.
③ Applicability and source
The fit inherits NACRE's S-factor; Solar Fusion II lowered Spp(0) by 1 %, invisible at this level. The page evaluates the rate from the S-factor directly and shows the fit only for comparison. Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss 2012 §18.5; Angulo et al. 1999.
Builds on: pp energy generation, the working rate formula
Assumptions and validity: the Sun is in thermal equilibrium (energy produced now equals energy radiated now — true to better than 0.1 % because the thermal diffusion time, 10⁵ yr, is short compared with the evolution time) and every ⁴He is made by 4p → ⁴He + 2e⁺ + 2ν with two neutrinos.
① In words
Every helium nucleus the Sun makes releases 26.73 MeV and exactly two neutrinos. So each neutrino that reaches Earth stands for half that energy, minus whatever the neutrino itself carried away, deposited in the Sun and eventually radiated as light. Adding up all the neutrino species, weighted this way, must give the solar constant — a bookkeeping identity that ties the measured neutrino fluxes to the Sun's brightness with no free parameter, and that the Borexino measurements now satisfy to about 10 %.
Try it (fluxes in cm⁻² s⁻¹ at Earth): pp 6.0×10¹⁰ × (13.37 − 0.27) = 7.86×10¹¹; ⁷Be 4.9×10⁹ × (13.37 − 0.81) = 6.2×10¹⁰; pep 1.4×10⁸ × 11.9 = 1.7×10⁹; CNO 5×10⁸ × 12.5 = 6×10⁹; ⁸B negligible. Sum 8.55×10¹¹ MeV cm⁻² s⁻¹ = 1.37×10⁶ erg cm⁻² s⁻¹ — the solar constant is 1.361×10⁶.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the Q-value of 4p → ⁴He (annihilation included) and the count of neutrinos per ⁴He (counting); thermal equilibrium of the Sun (assumption); energy conservation. Symbols: Φi the flux at Earth of neutrino species i (pp, pep, ⁷Be, ⁸B, hep, ¹³N, ¹⁵O, ¹⁷F) in cm⁻² s⁻¹; ⟨Eν⟩i its mean energy; d = 1 AU = 1.496×10¹³ cm; Ni the production rate of species i in the whole Sun (s⁻¹).
1. Per ⁴He produced: energy Q = 26.731 MeV is released and two neutrinos are emitted, one for each of the two proton-to-neutron conversions. imported
2. Attribute half of Q to each neutrino; the energy deposited in the Sun per neutrino of species i is that half minus the energy the neutrino itself carries away (its partner's share is counted with the partner). definition
3. Thermal equilibrium: the total deposited power equals L☉; the production rate of species i is its flux at Earth times the area of the sphere of radius d. assumption
4. Combine into the luminosity constraint. identity
5. Numbers (the example of ①): the right side summed over the measured fluxes, converted with 1 MeV = 1.602×10⁻⁶ erg, against the solar constant. numerical
6. Use: the pp flux alone carries 92 % of the sum, so it predicts the solar constant to within 8 %; conversely the measured luminosity fixes the total flux, and the branching only redistributes it among the species. identity
Result: L☉ = 4πd² Σi(Q/2 − ⟨Eν⟩i)Φi. Derived: an identity of energy conservation under thermal equilibrium; Measured: the fluxes, the mean neutrino energies and the solar constant; no free parameter.
③ Applicability and source
The identity assumes no other energy source; a gravitational contribution would enter as an extra term. Neutrino oscillations change the flavour, not the number, of neutrinos, so the constraint holds for the total flux. Bahcall 2002; Borexino Collaboration 2018.
Builds on: Q-values, counting particles, pp branching
Assumptions and validity: instantaneous deposition of the decay energy that is absorbed (valid once the diffusion time is short, i.e. on the tail), a uniformly expanding sphere for the γ-ray optical depth, full positron trapping. The Bateman solution is exact; the trapping fraction is an approximation good to ~20 %.
① In words
After the plateau the light comes from radioactivity. The explosion makes ⁵⁶Ni, which decays to ⁵⁶Co in about 6 days and then to stable ⁵⁶Fe in 77 days; each decay releases MeV γ-rays that the ejecta absorb and re-emit as light. The cobalt supply first grows (fed by the nickel) and then decays, so the tail settles onto the 77-day half-life — the straight line on a log plot that Type II and Type Ia supernovae both show. As the ejecta thin out, more and more γ-rays escape without being absorbed, and the light curve falls below the pure decay line.
Try it: 0.07 M☉ of ⁵⁶Ni (a typical Type II-P) at t = 150 d, with t₀ ≈ 300 d so that fγ = 1 − e−4 = 0.98: e−150/8.77 ≈ 0, e−150/111.4 = 0.26; L ≈ 0.07 × 1.99×10³³ × 6.7×10⁹ × (111.4/102.6) × 0.26 × (0.965 × 0.98 + 0.035) = 2.6×10⁴¹ erg s⁻¹ — 7×10⁷ L☉ from radioactivity alone.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the exponential decay law and its solution for a two-step chain; the measured half-lives and decay energies (β-decay energies); the optical depth of a uniform sphere (as in radiative diffusion); integrals. Symbols: NNi, NCo the numbers of nuclei per gram of ⁵⁶Ni initially present (N₀ at t = 0); τ = t½/ln 2 the mean lifetimes; ENi = 1.72 MeV and ECo = 3.61 MeV the γ-ray energy per decay, Epos = 0.12 MeV the positron kinetic energy per cobalt decay; εNi, εCo the decay powers per gram; fpos the positron share of the cobalt energy; κγ = 0.03 cm² g⁻¹ the effective γ-ray absorption opacity; Mej, v the ejecta mass and coasting speed; fγ the absorbed fraction.
1. The chain: nickel decays with lifetime τNi; cobalt is fed by every nickel decay and decays with τCo. definition
2. Lifetimes from the measured half-lives 6.075 d and 77.24 d. numerical
3. Nickel: the first equation integrates directly. identity
4. Cobalt: insert step 3 and multiply the second equation by the integrating factor et/τCo, which turns the left side into a total derivative. identity
5. Integrate from 0 to t with NCo(0) = 0, using ∫eatdt = eat/a with a = 1/τCo − 1/τNi = (τNi − τCo)/(τNiτCo). identity
6. Multiply through by e−t/τCo and reorder the sign: the Bateman solution. Check: it vanishes at t = 0, and its initial slope is (N₀τCo/(τCo − τNi))(1/τNi − 1/τCo) = N₀/τNi, the nickel decay rate, as it must be. identity
7. Decay power per gram of initial ⁵⁶Ni: N₀ = 1/(56mu) nuclei per gram, each decay releasing its energy at the rate 1/τ; the positron kinetic energy is counted with the cobalt γ-rays (both are deposited when trapped). definition
8. Numbers, with 1 MeV = 1.602×10⁻⁶ erg (live: , erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹). numerical
9. Total decay power per gram of initial nickel: nickel's power falls with NNi/N₀, cobalt's with NCo/N₀ from step 6. identity
10. Trapping: a sphere of mass Mej expanding at v has radius vt and mean density 3Mej/(4πv³t³); its optical depth to γ-rays along a radius is κγρ × vt, which falls as 1/t². Define t₀ as the time at which it reaches 1. definition
11. Absorbed fraction: a γ-ray crossing optical depth τγ is absorbed with probability 1 − e−τγ (the effective opacity κγ already folds the few Compton scatterings needed to degrade a MeV photon into one absorption). Positrons are assumed to stop locally, so their share fpos of the cobalt energy is always deposited. approximation
12. Assemble the deposited luminosity for a nickel mass MNi: nickel's γ-rays are trapped with fγ, cobalt's energy with fdep,Co. This is the formula the page evaluates, with fpos = 0.035 (0.12/3.73 = 0.032 from the energies of step 7; the page's 0.035 follows the tabulated positron share). identity
13. Numbers for t₀: the coasting speed comes from the explosion energy, v = (10E/3Mej)1/2 (plateau entry, step 1); for Mej = 10 M☉ and v = 3000 km s⁻¹ Type II ejecta trap their γ-rays for over a year, while stripped 2 M☉ ejecta at 10 000 km s⁻¹ become transparent within two months. numerical
14. The example of ①: 0.07 M☉ at 150 d with t₀ = 300 d. numerical
15. The slope: once the nickel is gone (t ≫ τNi) and while trapping is complete, L ∝ e−t/τCo; in magnitudes per 100 days that is 2.5 log₁₀e × 100/111.4 — the classical Type II-P tail. identity
In the page's light curve the plateau luminosity is held until tp and the tail of step 12 follows; for stripped stars, whose diffusion time is comparable to τNi, the deposited power is instead fed through Arnett's diffusion integral (tier ③), which the page evaluates by a 300-piece midpoint rule.
Result: Lrad(t) as in step 12, with fγ = 1 − e−(t₀/t)² and t₀ = (3κγMej/4πv²)1/2. Derived: the Bateman solution, the decay powers and the trapping time; Measured: the half-lives, the decay energies, κγ and fpos; Calculated: εNi, εCo, t₀ and the example luminosity.
③ Applicability and source
For stripped stars, whose diffusion time is comparable to τNi, the deposited power must be fed through Arnett's (1982) diffusion solution L(t) = ∫₀ᵗ (2t′/τm²) e(t′²−t²)/τm² Q(t′)dt′ with τm = (2κMej/βcv)1/2, which the page does with κ = 0.1 cm² g⁻¹ and β = 13.8. Nadyozhin 1994 (decay energies), Clocchiatti & Wheeler 1997 (trapping), Arnett 1982.
Builds on: exponential decay, β-decay energies, integrals
Used by: Kilonova: heating, thermalisation and diffusion time
Assumptions and validity: the zeroth-order (in 1/mp) Vogel–Beacom cross-section, whose constant 9.52 includes the inner radiative correction but not nucleon recoil and weak magnetism — those lower it by 6–7 % at 10 MeV and by tens of per cent by 50 MeV, a Fermi–Dirac spectrum with zero chemical potential (a common idealisation of the emitted spectrum), equal sharing of the energy among the six species (illustrative), no detector thresholds or efficiencies, no flavour oscillations.
① In words
Almost all the energy of a core collapse leaves as neutrinos, and about a sixth of it as electron antineutrinos. A water detector sees those when one hits a proton and turns it into a neutron plus a positron; the positron's light is recorded. The cross-section is tiny (10⁻⁴¹ cm²) but grows as the square of the neutrino energy, so the detected spectrum is shifted to higher energies than the emitted one. Multiply the number of target protons by the number of neutrinos crossing each square centimetre and by the average cross-section, and a Galactic supernova gives thousands of events; SN 1987A, at 50 kpc and with the detectors of the time, gave two dozen.
Try it (Eν total 2.8×10⁵³ erg, d = 10 kpc): per species 4.7×10⁵² erg = 2.9×10⁵⁸ MeV; at ⟨E⟩ = 12 MeV that is 2.5×10⁵⁷ antineutrinos; spread over 4π(3.09×10²²)² = 1.2×10⁴⁶ cm² gives a fluence of 2.1×10¹¹ cm⁻²; ⟨σ⟩ ≈ 1.5×10⁻⁴¹ cm² for this spectrum; N = 1.5×10³³ × 2.1×10¹¹ × 1.5×10⁻⁴¹ ≈ 4700 interactions in a Super-Kamiokande-sized target.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: energy conservation in β-processes (β-decay kinematics); Fermi's golden rule with the density of final states (state counting; the weak matrix element is imported); the Fermi–Dirac form of a thermal fermion spectrum (distributions); the flux form of a reaction rate. Symbols: Eν the antineutrino energy; Δ = (mn − mp)c² = 1.293 MeV; Ee, pe the positron's total energy and momentum; GF the Fermi constant, θC the Cabibbo angle, gA the axial coupling; f(E) the spectrum, T its temperature parameter; Fn(0) the Fermi–Dirac integrals; Np the free protons in the detector; d the distance; F the fluence. Units ħ = c = 1 in steps 3–4, restored with (ħc)² = 3.894×10⁻²² cm² MeV².
1. The reaction and its threshold: converting a proton into a neutron costs Δ, and the positron must be created with at least its rest energy; neutron recoil is neglected at this order (the exact threshold with recoil is 1.806 MeV, the cut the page applies). definition
2. The positron momentum follows from its energy. identity
3. Fermi's golden rule for a point interaction: the rate is the squared matrix element times the density of final states; for the positron the states per unit energy grow as pe²dpe/dEe = Eepe (ħ = c = 1), and the neutron's recoil takes no phase space at this order. The spin-summed matrix element for the vector and axial currents is GF²cos²θC(1 + 3gA²), with the 1/π from the angular integration and the flux factor. imported
4. Evaluate the constant with GF = 1.1664×10⁻¹¹ MeV⁻², cos θC = 0.9742, gA = 1.27, then convert MeV⁻² to cm² with (ħc)²; the inner radiative correction (about +2 %) raises 9.35 to Vogel & Beacom's 9.52. numerical
5. The emitted spectrum: fermions leaving a thermal surface at temperature T with zero chemical potential have the Fermi–Dirac form; its moments are ratios of the integrals Fn(0) = ∫₀∞xndx/(ex + 1) = (1 − 2−n) n! ζ(n + 1). imported
6. The two moments the count needs, from ζ(3) = 1.20206, ζ(4) = 1.08232, ζ(5) = 1.03693. numerical
7. Spectrum-averaged cross-section for ⟨E⟩ = 12 MeV: T = 12/3.1514 = 3.81 MeV, ⟨E²⟩ = 12.94 × 3.81² = 188 MeV²; expanding Eepe ≈ (E − Δ)² − me²c⁴/2 gives the estimate below. The page does not use the expansion: it integrates f(E)σ(E) over the spectrum numerically (midpoint rule, step 0.02 MeV, from the 1.806 MeV threshold to 25T + 30 MeV) and divides by ∫f dE. numerical
8. Counting: the number of ν̄e is their share of the energy divided by the mean energy; the fluence at distance d spreads them over a sphere; each target proton sees that fluence with the averaged cross-section — a reaction rate with the flux written out and integrated over the burst. definition
9. The energy share: equal sharing among νe, ν̄e and the four heavy-flavour species (an illustrative assumption; real spectra and shares differ). assumption
10. Targets: 22.5 kt of water at 18 mu per molecule and two free protons each. numerical
11. The example of ① (2.8×10⁵³ erg total, 10 kpc, ⟨E⟩ = 12 MeV); the ① box rounds the intermediate numbers upward and lands at 4700. numerical
Recoil and weak magnetism, left out of step 3, lower σ by 6–7 % at 10 MeV; oscillations, spectral pinching and detector thresholds change the count further — the page's number is a comparison, not a prediction (tier ③).
Result: N = Np(Eν̄e/⟨E⟩)/(4πd²) × ⟨σ⟩ with σ = 9.52×10⁻⁴⁴ Eepe/MeV² cm². Derived: the threshold, the Eepe phase-space form and the spectral moments; Measured: GF, θC, gA, Δ and the radiative constant; Calculated: ⟨σ⟩ (by the page's quadrature) and the count.
③ Applicability and source
Vogel & Beacom 1999; Strumia & Vissani 2003 for the full cross-section. Real spectra are "pinched" (α-fits), species do not share the energy equally, oscillations swap ν̄e with heavy-flavour spectra, and detectors have thresholds (~4–5 MeV) and efficiencies — the page states its count as an idealised comparison, not a prediction. Janka 2012; Scholberg 2012.
Builds on: β-decay bookkeeping, counting quantum states, distributions, the neutrino energy budget
Assumptions and validity: the two regimes are the limits of one competition — capture time against β-decay lifetime; intermediate cases (branch points, the "i-process") exist. Timescales below use Maxwellian-averaged cross-sections at kT = 30 keV (s) and ~1 GK (r).
① In words
A neutron feels no Coulomb barrier, so a nucleus of any charge can absorb one at stellar temperatures. Each capture adds a neutron; when the isotope produced is unstable it β-decays, turning a neutron into a proton and moving one element up. Which happens first decides everything. If neutrons are scarce (one capture per decade) every unstable isotope decays before the next capture and the path creeps along the valley of stable nuclei: the s-process. If neutrons are so dense that captures come every millisecond, a nucleus is stuffed with neutrons until it can hold no more, then waits for a β-decay: the r-process, which alone reaches uranium.
Try it: capture time τn = 1/(nnσvT). At kT = 30 keV, vT = √(2kT/mn) = 2.4×10⁸ cm s⁻¹ and σ = 100 mb = 10⁻²⁵ cm²: nn = 10⁸ cm⁻³ gives τn = 1/(10⁸ × 10⁻²⁵ × 2.4×10⁸) = 4×10⁸ s = 13 yr. At 1 GK (vT = 4×10⁸) and nn = 10²⁴: τn = 2.5×10⁻⁸ s — a hundred million captures before a typical β-decay of a second.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the reaction-rate definition and the rule that competing decay rates add (mean lifetime); Q-values from masses; measured cross-sections and half-lives (imported). This is a principle entry: the competition is derived, the sites and the abundance peaks are imported facts. Symbols: Sn the neutron separation energy; nn the neutron number density; ⟨σ⟩ the Maxwellian-averaged capture cross-section (MACS), defined so that ⟨σv⟩ = ⟨σ⟩vT with vT = (2kT/mn)1/2; τn, τβ the capture and β-decay lifetimes; Pn the probability of capturing before decaying.
1. The two reactions of the competition. definition
2. Their energies from the mass excesses: capture releases the neutron separation energy of the product (5–8 MeV near stability, 2–3 MeV where the r-process runs), β-decay the isobar mass difference. definition
3. Capture lifetime of one nucleus in a neutron bath: the rate per nucleus is nn⟨σv⟩, written with the MACS convention. definition
4. Thermal speeds and the two example lifetimes of ① (mnc² = 939.6 MeV; kT = 86.2 keV at 1 GK). numerical
5. Competition: for an unstable isotope the two rates add, and the probability that the capture comes first is its share of the total rate. identity
6. The two limits define the processes: with τn ≫ τβ every unstable isotope decays first and the path follows the valley of stability (s); with τn ≪ τβ captures continue until the next neutron is no longer bound at the temperature of the bath (r; the waiting-point condition says where). identity
7. Where the neutrons come from: in the s-process, ¹³C(α,n)¹⁶O in the helium-burning shells of asymptotic-giant-branch stars (kT ≈ 8 keV, nn ≈ 10⁷ cm⁻³) and ²²Ne(α,n)²⁵Mg in massive stars' helium and carbon burning (kT ≈ 25–90 keV, nn up to 10¹¹); in the r-process, matter that is already neutron-rich (Ye ≈ 0.1–0.3) decompressed from a neutron star, or the neutrino-driven wind of a proto-neutron star. imported
8. Consequences for the abundance pattern: the s-process flow is limited by the smallest cross-sections, at the closed shells N = 50, 82, 126 (σN systematics) — peaks at A ≈ 88, 138, 208, stable nuclei with magic N; the r-process piles up at the same magic N but far from stability, and after decay these land at lower A: peaks at A ≈ 80, 130, 195 (waiting points). Both fingerprints are visible in the section-13 solar-abundance chart. imported
9. Energetics: a few MeV per capture on a trace of seed nuclei is negligible for the star's energy budget; what the processes change is the composition. numerical
Result: Pn = τβ/(τβ + τn) with τn = 1/(nn⟨σ⟩vT); its two limits are the s- and r-processes. Derived: the capture lifetime and the branching probability; Measured: cross-sections, half-lives and the site conditions; Calculated: the example lifetimes.
③ Applicability and source
Burbidge, Burbidge, Fowler & Hoyle 1957 defined the processes; Käppeler et al. 2011 (s-process review); Cowan et al. 2021 (r-process review). The p-nuclei (35 proton-rich isotopes that neither path reaches) are made by photodisintegration in supernova shocks.
Builds on: reaction rate, mean lifetime, β-decay Q-values, binding energy
Used by: The classical s-process: σN along an exponential exposure distribution
Assumptions and validity: (n,γ) ⇌ (γ,n) equilibrium within each isotopic chain — which requires captures and photodisintegrations far faster than β-decay and than the expansion of the ejecta, typically T ≳ 1 GK and nn ≳ 10²⁰ cm⁻³; partition functions set to 1 in the page's demonstrator (a stated approximation); masses from AME2020, its extrapolations and FRDM95 where flagged.
① In words
In the r-process the photons are energetic enough to knock neutrons back out as fast as they are captured, so along each element the isotopes settle into an equilibrium that depends only on the temperature, the neutron density and how tightly the last neutron is bound. The abundance sits where the gain from binding one more neutron (a Boltzmann factor of the separation energy) is balanced by the loss of the neutron's freedom (its thermal phase space divided by the neutron density). That happens at nearly the same separation energy, 2–3 MeV, for every element — a line on the chart of nuclides far to the neutron-rich side of stability. The nucleus at that point waits for a β-decay: the "waiting point".
Try it (T = 1 GK, nn = 10²⁴ cm⁻³): kT = 86.2 keV; the neutron's thermal concentration is θ = 5.94×10³³ cm⁻³, so nn/θ = 1.7×10⁻¹⁰ and the ratio of neighbours is 1 when eSn/kT ≈ 2θ/nn = 1.2×10¹⁰, i.e. Sn ≈ 86.2 keV × ln(1.2×10¹⁰) = 2.0 MeV. At 10²⁰ cm⁻³ the same argument gives 2.8 MeV; at 10²⁸, 1.2 MeV — higher neutron density pushes the path further from stability.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: chemical equilibrium and the non-degenerate chemical potential with its thermal concentration nQ (the Saha equation, where both are derived from state counting); mass excesses (Q-values); competing lifetimes (mean lifetime). Symbols: n(Z,A) number densities and Y(Z,A) = n/(ρNA) molar abundances; nn the neutron density; GA the nuclear partition functions and gn = 2 the neutron's spin degeneracy; μchem the chemical potentials (with rest mass); nQ,i = (mikT/2πħ²)3/2; μred = mnmA/mA+1; θ ≡ (mukT/2πħ²)3/2; kT = 86.17 T₉ keV; Sn⁰ the separation energy at which neighbours are equally abundant.
1. Equilibrium of (Z,A) + n ⇌ (Z,A+1) + γ: the chemical potentials balance, and photons have none. definition
2. Each species is a non-degenerate gas (nuclei at 10⁻¹⁰ of the thermal concentration), so its chemical potential has the Saha form. imported
3. Insert step 2 into step 1, collect the logarithms and exponentiate. identity
4. The mass combination in the exponent is the neutron separation energy of the heavier isotope, in terms of mass excesses. definition
5. The ratio of thermal concentrations collapses to a single one built on the reduced mass. identity
6. Pull the mass numbers out with mA ≈ Amu, mn ≈ mu (errors of order the binding energy per nucleon over muc², below 1 %), which defines θ. approximation
7. Convert to molar abundances: Y = n/(ρNA), and the ρNA cancels in the ratio of two nuclear densities. identity
8. θ at 1 GK, with mu = 1.6605×10⁻²⁴ g, k = 1.3807×10⁻¹⁶ erg K⁻¹, ħ = 1.0546×10⁻²⁷ erg s; it scales as T₉3/2 (the page's constant 5.94293×10³³ is cross-checked in the self-test; it is the same θ as in NSE). numerical
9. The page's form: take log₁₀ of step 7 with G = 1 for every nucleus (its stated approximation), so that chains can be multiplied without overflow. identity
10. Where neighbours are equally abundant: set the ratio of step 7 to 1 and solve for the separation energy; the mass-number and partition-function factors are logarithms of numbers near 1 and are dropped in the estimate. identity
11. The examples of ① at T₉ = 1 (kT = 86.17 keV): higher neutron density lowers Sn⁰ and pushes the path further from stability. numerical
12. Along a chain: the abundance of each isotope relative to the lightest is the product of the neighbour ratios — in logarithms, a running sum. Because pairing makes Sn alternate (even N more bound), the ratio can cross 1 several times, so the waiting point is the maximum of the running sum, not its first crossing; the page starts every chain at log Y = 0 for its lightest tabulated isotope (A ≥ 2Z − 4), accumulates step 9 up to the last isotope with a tabulated Sn, takes the maximum, and also lists the isotopes within one decade of it, over which the equilibrium is spread. identity
13. Flow between elements: the waiting-point nucleus leaves its chain only by β-decay with its own τβ (10 ms – 1 s); in steady flow the same number of nuclei per second passes each Z, so each element's abundance is proportional to its waiting point's lifetime (the logic of CNO equilibrium), longest at the closed shells N = 50, 82, 126 — hence the r-process peaks. approximation
14. Freeze-out: when the neutrons run out the waiting-point nuclei β-decay back toward stability, roughly at constant A (β-delayed neutron emission and late captures shift the final A by a few units), landing near A ≈ 80, 130, 195. imported
Result: Y(Z,A+1)/Y(Z,A) = nnθ−1(GA+1/2GA)((A+1)/A)3/2eSn/kT and Sn⁰ ≈ kT ln(2θ/nn). Derived: the Saha ratio with its reduced-mass factor, its logarithmic form, Sn⁰ and the chain-maximum rule; Measured or fitted: the masses (AME2020, FRDM95) and half-lives; Calculated: θ, the example Sn⁰ values and the page's waiting points per element (with G = 1 assumed).
③ Applicability and source
The classical waiting-point approximation (Seeger, Fowler & Clayton 1965; Kratz et al. 1993) captures the peak positions; full calculations follow thousands of nuclei with rates, β-delayed neutron emission and fission through the freeze-out (Cowan et al. 2021; Mumpower et al. 2016). Masses far from stability are the dominant nuclear uncertainty.
Builds on: the Saha equation, Q-values and mass excesses, counting quantum states, mean lifetime
Assumptions and validity: an unbranched capture chain from ⁵⁶Fe with Maxwellian-averaged cross-sections at one temperature (kT = 30 keV), and an exponential distribution of neutron exposures — the "classical" model of Clayton & Ward. It reproduces the broad shape of the main-component σN curve for A ≳ 90; individual isotopes can depart appreciably (branchings and their descendants, the weak component below A ≈ 90), so the page's comparison excludes the branch points and shows the residuals rather than claiming a global accuracy. It is not a stellar model.
① In words
Follow the iron seeds through a chain of neutron captures. In a steady flow the number of nuclei passing each mass number per second is the same, so nuclei with small cross-sections pile up and those with large cross-sections are depleted: the product σN is constant along the chain. A single exposure would give a spiky pattern; a spread of exposures — many seeds lightly irradiated, a few heavily — smooths it into a gently falling σN curve with sharp drops at the closed neutron shells, where the cross-sections are tiny and the flow bottlenecks. The remarkable fact is that one number, the mean exposure τ₀, fits the solar s-process abundances from strontium to lead.
Try it (τ₀ = 0.3 mb⁻¹, σ₅₆ = 11.7 mb): the fraction of seeds that never capture is 1/(1 + τ₀σ₅₆) = 1/4.5 = 22 % (live at the current slider: ). For a nucleus with σ = 500 mb, 1 + 1/(τ₀σ) = 1.0067 — barely any drop; at ⁸⁸Sr (N = 50, σ = 6 mb), 1 + 1/1.8 = 1.56: the σN curve falls by a third in one step.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the reaction-rate definition in the MACS convention (neutron capture, step 3); a first-order chain of rate equations (derivatives); integration by parts and the exponential integrals (integrals); the exponential distribution (distributions). Symbols: τ the neutron exposure (mb⁻¹ = 10²⁷ cm⁻²); σA the MACS of mass number A at kT = 30 keV (mb); NA(τ) the abundance of mass number A after exposure τ (per 10⁶ Si); N₀ the seeds in one irradiation; f the fraction of the solar ⁵⁶Fe exposed, τ₀ the mean exposure; ρ(τ) the exposure distribution; IA the Laplace transform of NA(τ) at 1/τ₀.
1. Exposure: the time-integrated neutron flux, so that a cross-section times an exposure is a number of captures per nucleus. definition
2. The capture rate per nucleus becomes a derivative with respect to exposure. identity
3. The chain, unbranched (every unstable isotope decays at once, so mass number A feeds only A + 1): divide the rate equation by dτ/dt. definition
4. Local approximation: where the chain is in steady flow the left side vanishes and σN is constant from one A to the next — valid between the closed shells, where cross-sections are large. identity
5. Exposure distribution: the seeds are irradiated with exposures spread exponentially with mean τ₀ (check: ∫₀∞ρ dτ = fN₅₆ and the mean is τ₀). definition
6. The final abundance is the exposure-weighted average of the single-irradiation solution, which introduces the transform IA. definition
7. Transform the chain equation: multiply step 3 by e−τ/τ₀ and integrate from 0 to ∞; the left side integrates by parts (the boundary term at ∞ vanishes because NA is bounded). identity
8. The differential chain has become an algebraic recursion. identity
9. Solve it: the seed has N₅₆(0) = N₀ and no predecessor; every later member has NA(0) = 0. identity
10. Iterate down from the seed; the seed's own factor has the same form, σ₅₆/(σ₅₆ + 1/τ₀) = (1 + 1/τ₀σ₅₆)−1. identity
11. Insert into step 6: the classical σN curve — exactly what the page computes along its path, multiplying one factor per isotope. identity
12. Reading it: each factor is 1 − 1/(τ₀σi) + … where τ₀σi ≫ 1 (σN flat) and well below 1 where the cross-section is small (magic N: a step down); and the seeds left uncaptured follow from the A = 56 term, N₅₆tot = (fN₅₆/τ₀)/(σ₅₆(1 + 1/τ₀σ₅₆)) = fN₅₆/(1 + τ₀σ₅₆). identity
13. The numbers of ① at τ₀ = 0.3 mb⁻¹. numerical
14. Fit: with σ from KADoNiS at 30 keV and the observed s-only isotopes (those the r-process cannot reach, shielded by a stable isobar), τ₀ ≈ 0.3 mb⁻¹ and fN₅₆ ≈ 0.05 % of the iron reproduce the main component; the drop across each shell fixes τ₀ almost by itself. The page's path skips isotopes without a KADoNiS value and flags the branch points, which the unbranched chain cannot describe. imported
Result: σANA = (fN₅₆/τ₀)∏i=56A(1 + 1/τ₀σi)−1. Derived: the whole chain solution by Laplace transform, including the retained-seed fraction; Measured or fitted: the cross-sections (KADoNiS), the solar Ns, and the two parameters τ₀ and f; Calculated: the products along the page's path at the slider's τ₀.
③ Applicability and source
Clayton & Ward 1974; Käppeler, Beer & Wisshak 1989; Käppeler et al. 2011. Stellar models replace the exposure distribution by the repeated ¹³C-pocket irradiations of thermal pulses (Gallino et al. 1998; Arlandini et al. 1999 supply the Ns shown in section 13). Branchings (⁷⁹Se, ⁸⁵Kr, ¹⁵¹Sm, …) act as thermometers and densitometers of the s-process site.
Builds on: reaction rate, integrals, distributions, neutron capture
Assumptions and validity: a one-zone, one-component model: the heating law is a fit to network calculations of r-process decay (Metzger et al. 2010), the thermalisation efficiency fth an analytic fit (Barnes et al. 2016), and the diffusion argument the same as for supernovae, with a geometric factor β ≈ 3 for a uniform sphere (this toy model's prescription — not Arnett's β = 13.8, which belongs to a differently normalised formula). No colours, no lanthanide fraction, no multiple ejecta components.
① In words
The debris of a neutron-star merger contains hundreds of freshly made radioactive nuclei with half-lives from milliseconds to years. At any moment the ones with half-lives comparable to the age of the ejecta dominate the heating, and because there is a smooth spread of half-lives the total heating falls off as a power law in time rather than as the two exponentials of nickel and cobalt. The light escapes once the ejecta have expanded enough for photons to diffuse out — about a day for a hundredth of a solar mass moving at a tenth of the speed of light — and the lanthanides' enormous opacity makes the glow red and brief.
Try it (Mej = 0.02 M☉, v = 0.15c, κ = 3 cm² g⁻¹): tpeak = √(3 × 3 × 3.98×10³¹/(4π × 3 × 4.5×10⁹ × 3×10¹⁰)) = √(7.0×10¹⁰) = 2.7×10⁵ s = 3.1 d; ε(3.1 d) = 2×10¹⁰ × 3.1−1.3 = 4.6×10⁹ erg g⁻¹ s⁻¹; with fth(3.1 d) = 0.30, L ≈ 3.98×10³¹ × 4.6×10⁹ × 0.30 = 5.5×10⁴⁰ erg s⁻¹ ≈ 1.4×10⁷ L☉ — a thousand novae, hence the name.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the exponential decay law; the substitution and Gamma-function integrals (integrals); the random-walk diffusion time (radiative diffusion); power laws; the two fitted laws (imported). Symbols: Mej, v, κ the ejecta mass, speed and opacity; ε̇(t) the radioactive heating per gram, td the time in days; Qi, τi, Ni the decay energy, lifetime and number of species i; fth(t) the fraction of the decay energy thermalised, with Barnes coefficients a, b, d; β = 3 the geometric factor of this model; tpeak, Lpeak.
1. Heating from a population of decaying species: each contributes its decay energy times its decay rate, per gram of ejecta. definition
2. Replace the sum by an integral over lifetimes spread uniformly in ln τ (the r-process makes species at every lifetime), with the decay energy rising toward short lifetimes as Q ∝ τ−a (nuclei further from stability decay faster and release more). Substitute u = t/τ, so dτ/τ = −du/u. approximation
3. So a log-uniform spread of lifetimes alone gives 1/t, and a = 0.3 gives the t−1.3 that the network calculations find between an hour and a year; the prefactor is fitted, not derived. imported
4. Thermalisation: β-particles, α-particles and γ-rays deposit their energy only while the ejecta are dense enough to stop them (neutrinos never do); the fitted efficiency, with coefficients depending on Mej and v (the page interpolates Barnes et al.'s Table 1 in log M and v). imported
5. Its limits: early on both brackets are 1 and fth → 0.72 (the remaining 28 % is the neutrinos' share and the energy the fit assigns to escaping particles at all times); late, e−at vanishes and the logarithm term falls slowly toward zero as the ejecta become transparent to their own decay products. identity
6. For the example ejecta (a = 0.71, b = 0.16, d = 0.86, interpolated). numerical
7. Diffusion time of a uniformly expanding sphere: photons random-walk out of radius R = vt at density ρ = 3Mej/(4πR³) in a time κρR²/(βc), with β = 3 this model's geometric factor. identity
8. The light escapes when the diffusion time has fallen to the age: setting tdiff = t defines the peak time. definition
9. The example of ①. numerical
10. Peak luminosity by Arnett's rule: at the peak the radiated power equals the instantaneous thermalised heating; afterwards the light curve tracks the heating. approximation
11. Scalings at fixed fth (the efficiency itself depends on mass, velocity and time): high opacity (lanthanides, κ ≈ 10) makes a fainter, later, redder transient; low opacity (κ ≈ 0.5, lanthanide-free) an early blue one — the two components seen in GW170817. identity
The page's curve is L(t) = Mejε̇(t)fth(t) evaluated at 100 times spaced logarithmically from tpeak to 40 days, with the unthermalised Mejε̇(t) shown beside it; before tpeak the model says nothing.
Result: the three relations in the header. Derived: the t−1−a origin of the power law, the diffusion-time peak and the scalings; Measured or fitted: 2×10¹⁰ and −1.3, the fth fit and its coefficients, β = 3; Calculated: tpeak, ε̇, fth and Lpeak for the example.
③ Applicability and source
Li & Paczyński 1998; Metzger et al. 2010 (heating law and the name); Barnes et al. 2016 (thermalisation); Kasen et al. 2017 for the opacity physics; Cowperthwaite et al. 2017 and Drout et al. 2017 for the GW170817 light curve compared in section 13.
Builds on: exponential decay, the radioactive tail, radiative diffusion, power laws
Assumptions and validity: cold, fully relativistic degenerate electrons (an n = 3 polytrope) and Newtonian gravity. Real limits are a little lower: general relativity and inverse β-decay bring a carbon–oxygen white dwarf's limit to ≈ 1.38 M☉; a presupernova iron core has Ye < 0.5 (lower limit) but finite entropy (higher), which the second formula estimates.
① In words
Electron degeneracy pressure can hold up a dead star — but only if the electrons are not moving close to the speed of light. As mass is added the star shrinks, the electrons speed up, and once they are relativistic their pressure grows only as ρ4/3, exactly the same power as gravity's demand. At that point there is one mass, and only one, at which pressure and gravity can balance: about 1.4 solar masses for two nucleons per electron. Above it no density is high enough, and the core must collapse. The number depends on the fundamental constants alone (ħ, c, G and the nucleon mass) and on the electron fraction squared.
Try it: Ye = 0.5 (carbon, oxygen, ⁵⁶Ni): 5.83 × 0.25 = 1.457 M☉. Ye = 0.464 (⁵⁶Fe): 5.83 × 0.2153 = 1.255 M☉. A hot core with Ye = 0.46 and se = 0.8 k per baryon: 1.234 × [1 + (0.8/(π × 0.46))²] = 1.234 × 1.31 = 1.61 M☉ — thermal pressure buys the core some extra support until neutrino losses and electron captures remove it.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the ultra-relativistic degeneracy pressure; hydrostatic equilibrium with the mass-continuity equation; the Sommerfeld expansion of a degenerate Fermi gas (imported; Pauli); dimensional analysis. Symbols: ne = Yeρ/mu the electron density; K the polytropic constant; n the polytropic index (3 here); θ(ξ) the Lane–Emden function with ρ = ρcθn, r = aξ; ξ₁ its first zero; EF the Fermi energy; se the electron entropy per baryon in units of k; (ħc/G)1/2 = 2.176×10⁻⁵ g the Planck mass.
1. Equation of state of relativistic degenerate electrons, written as a polytrope of index 3. imported
2. Combine hydrostatic equilibrium with mass continuity to eliminate m(r). identity
3. Insert a general polytrope P = Kρ1+1/n with ρ = ρcθn: the pressure term becomes a derivative of θ. identity
4. Scale the radius, r = aξ, choosing a so that the constants disappear: the Lane–Emden equation, with θ(0) = 1, θ′(0) = 0, and the surface at the first zero ξ₁. definition
5. The mass: integrate the density over the sphere and use the Lane–Emden equation itself to do the integral. identity
6. The special case n = 3: a² = Kρc−2/3/(πG), so a³ρc = (K/πG)3/2ρc−1ρc — the central density cancels. Whatever its central density, a relativistic degenerate star has this one mass: for P ∝ ρ4/3 the pressure force and gravity scale identically under compression, so compression cannot restore a balance that mass has broken. identity
7. The n = 3 numbers: the page integrates the Lane–Emden equation itself (fourth-order Runge–Kutta, step h = 0.01 in ξ, series start θ = 1 − ξ²/6 at ξ = 10⁻⁴, stopped at the first θ ≤ 0 without root interpolation) and obtains ξ₁ = 6.897 and ξ₁²|θ′(ξ₁)| = 2.018, the tabulated values 6.8968 and 2.0182 to this precision. numerical
8. Insert K: gather the powers of 4, 3π² and π, then multiply by the 4π in front: 4π × √3/(8√π) = √(3π)/2. identity
9. Numbers: (ħc/G)3/2 = (2.176×10⁻⁵ g)³ = 1.031×10⁻¹⁴ g³; divided by mu² = 2.757×10⁻⁴⁸ g² gives 3.74×10³³ g; × 1.535 × 2.018 = 1.16×10³⁴ g = 5.83 M☉ (times Ye²). numerical
10. Thermal correction: at finite temperature the relativistic Fermi gas has P = P₀[1 + (2π²/3)(kT/EF)² + …] (Sommerfeld expansion); since M ∝ K3/2 the limit rises by the 3/2 power of that bracket, ≈ 1 + π²(kT/EF)². The electron entropy per baryon of a degenerate relativistic gas is se = π²YekT/EF, so kT/EF = se/(π²Ye). approximation
11. The examples of ①: Ye = 0.5 and 0.464 cold, and a hot core with Ye = 0.46, se = 0.8. In a presupernova core Ye falls (electron captures) and se falls (neutrino losses), both lowering MCh,eff toward the growing iron core — collapse begins when they meet, at about 1.3–1.5 M☉ for the models on this page. numerical
Result: MCh = (√(3π)/2) ξ₁²|θ′(ξ₁)| (ħc/G)3/2Ye²/mu² = 5.83 Ye² M☉, and MCh,eff ≈ MCh[1 + (se/πYe)²]. Derived: the mass formula and its independence of ρc; Calculated: ξ₁ and ξ₁²|θ′₁| by the page's integrator, and the constant 5.83; Imported: the Sommerfeld expansion and the entropy relation of step 10.
③ Applicability and source
Chandrasekhar 1931, 1935 (the exact ρc-dependent sequence approaches 5.83Ye² M☉ from below); the entropy term follows Bethe 1990 and Timmes, Woosley & Weaver 1996. General relativity, Coulomb corrections and electron captures at ρ ≳ 10⁹ g cm⁻³ reduce the white-dwarf limit by a few per cent; rotation can raise it.
Builds on: electron degeneracy pressure, hydrostatic equilibrium, the Pauli principle, dimensional analysis
Assumptions and validity: pressure switched off entirely, a uniform sphere starting at rest, Newtonian gravity. Real collapse has residual pressure and starts from a centrally concentrated core, so the actual time to nuclear density (0.2–0.3 s) is several free-fall times of the mean density.
① In words
Remove the pressure from a ball of gas and every shell falls inward under the gravity of the mass inside it. The time to reach the centre depends only on the mean density inside the shell — not on the size — and for a uniform sphere every shell arrives at once. At the density of a presupernova iron core, 10¹⁰ g cm⁻³, the fall takes twenty milliseconds; for the Sun as a whole it would be half an hour, for the Earth's atmosphere-density gas, months. This is the timescale on which a star responds to any loss of pressure support, and the reason a core collapse is over before the rest of the star notices.
Try it: ρ = 10¹⁰ g cm⁻³: √(3π/(32 × 6.674×10⁻⁸ × 10¹⁰)) = √(4.41×10⁻⁴) = 0.021 s. Mean solar density 1.41 g cm⁻³: 0.021 × √(10¹⁰/1.41) = 0.021 × 8.4×10⁴ = 1770 s ≈ 30 min. The scaling ρ−1/2 is all that matters.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: Newton's equation of motion and the shell theorem (Newton); energy conservation; the substitution and integral of cos²θ (integrals). Symbols: r(t) the radius of a shell that starts at rest at r₀; m the (constant) mass inside it; ρ = 3m/(4πr₀³) the initial mean density inside the shell.
1. With no pressure, a shell feels only the gravity of the mass inside it; shells do not cross in a uniform sphere, so m is constant for each shell. imported
2. Energy integral: multiply by ṙ and integrate once, with ṙ = 0 at r = r₀. identity
3. Substitute r = r₀cos²θ (θ runs from 0 to π/2 as r goes from r₀ to 0): the bracket becomes tan²θ/r₀ and dr = −2r₀cosθ sinθ dθ; the time element follows. identity
4. Integrate from θ = 0 to π/2 using ∫cos²θ dθ = π/4. identity
5. Replace m by the mean density, m = (4π/3)ρr₀³ — the radius cancels. identity
6. Numbers (the example of ①). numerical
7. Dimensional check (dimensions): Gρ has units s⁻², so any pressure-free gravitational timescale must be (Gρ)−1/2 times a number; the derivation only fixes the number √(3π/32) = 0.54. identity
Result: tff = √(3π/(32Gρ)). Derived exactly for a pressure-free uniform sphere at rest; Calculated: 0.021 s at 10¹⁰ g cm⁻³.
③ Applicability and source
With pressure the inner core (∼0.5 M☉) collapses homologously (velocity ∝ radius) at a fraction of free fall, the outer core supersonically; the bounce at nuclear density and the shock's stall follow on the same tens-of-milliseconds timescale. The same formula gives the collapse time of a molecular cloud to a protostar (∼10⁵ yr at 10⁻¹⁹ g cm⁻³). Kippenhahn, Weigert & Weiss ch. 2; Janka 2012 for the collapse dynamics.
Builds on: Newton's laws and gravitation, energy conservation, hydrostatic equilibrium, integrals
Assumptions and validity: the Lattimer & Prakash (2001) fit to numerical solutions of the relativistic stellar-structure (TOV) equations for a range of equations of state, accurate to a few per cent for 0.1 ≲ β ≲ 0.3; a fixed radius of 12 km is assumed here. The energy difference is emitted as neutrinos over ~10 s.
① In words
Weigh the neutrons that fell into the star and you get the baryonic mass; measure the star's gravity from a distance and you get the gravitational mass, which is smaller — the difference is the binding energy that had to leave, and it leaves as neutrinos: about a tenth of the mass, 3×10⁵³ erg, a hundred times the kinetic energy of the supernova. The Newtonian estimate for a uniform sphere already gives most of it; general relativity, which matters when GM/Rc² is not small, adds the rest.
Try it (Mg = 1.40 M☉, R = 12 km): β = 6.674×10⁻⁸ × 2.785×10³³/(1.2×10⁶ × 8.988×10²⁰) = 0.173; 0.6β/(1 − 0.5β) = 0.1038/0.9136 = 0.1136; Mb = 1.40 × 1.1136 = 1.559 M☉; Eν = 0.159 M☉c² = 0.159 × 1.788×10⁵⁴ = 2.8×10⁵³ erg.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the Newtonian gravitational energy of a uniform sphere (as in the virial entry); mass–energy equivalence; the Lattimer–Prakash fit to TOV solutions (imported). Symbols: Mb the baryonic mass (rest mass of the constituents), Mg the gravitational mass a distant observer measures; β = GMg/(Rc²) the compactness; BE the total binding energy. This entry shows the scaling and quotes the fit; it does not derive the fit.
1. Newtonian gravitational energy of a uniform sphere, written with the compactness. imported
2. Mass–energy: the mass a distant observer measures includes the (negative) binding energy. definition
3. The energy actually radiated on assembly is |Ω| minus whatever stays as internal energy — half of |Ω| for a Newtonian ideal-gas star, but for a neutron star the internal energy (degeneracy and nuclear-interaction energy) stays equation-of-state-dependent even when cold, so no Newtonian subtraction is attempted; the relativistic total binding energy is taken from the fit instead. assumption
4. General relativity strengthens gravity at high compactness. Solving the TOV equations for many equations of state, Lattimer & Prakash found the total binding energy well fitted by an empirical relation whose numerator happens to equal the uniform-sphere Newtonian value; the fit is a summary of the numerical solutions, not a derivation from step 1. imported
5. Numbers for Mg = 1.40 M☉ (the example of ①). numerical
6. Given the baryonic mass of the collapsed core (the mass cut of the explosion model), the page solves step 4 for Mg by bisection (β depends on Mg); Eν = (Mb − Mg)c² then feeds the neutrino-counting estimate (inverse beta decay). The self-test checks Mg(Mb = 1.563) = 1.404 M☉. numerical
Result: (Mb − Mg)/Mg = 0.6β/(1 − 0.5β). Derived: the Newtonian scaling 0.6β and the mass–energy bookkeeping; Imported: the relativistic fit; Calculated: Mb and Eν for the page's cores.
③ Applicability and source
Lattimer & Prakash 2001, eq. 36; used the same way by Sukhbold et al. 2016. For a black-hole outcome no conversion is made. Measured neutron-star radii (NICER, gravitational waves) cluster at 11–13 km.
Builds on: mass–energy equivalence, Newtonian gravity, gravitational binding energy
Used by: Inverse beta decay: counting supernova neutrinos
Assumptions and validity: the explosion energy fills a sphere of radius r as thermal radiation (energy density aT⁴) — an order-of-magnitude diagnostic, not a hydrodynamic solution: the gas and pair energies, the shock structure and the time the temperature is held are all ignored. Woosley & Weaver used it to organise explosive nucleosynthesis; it predicts which shells are reprocessed, never the isotopes.
① In words
When the shock passes through a shell it heats it violently and briefly. A crude but useful estimate: assume the explosion energy is momentarily spread as radiation through the sphere inside the shell. Radiation energy density rises as the fourth power of temperature, so the temperature falls as the inverse three-quarter power of radius: 5 billion kelvin at 4000 km (silicon burns to the iron group in a fraction of a second), 2 billion at 10 000 km (oxygen burning), and below about 1.5 billion the composition survives.
Try it (E = 10⁵¹ erg): at r = 10⁹ cm: 3×10⁵¹/(4π × 7.566×10⁻¹⁵ × 10²⁷) = 3.16×10³⁷, to the ¼: 2.4×10⁹ K. Which radius reaches 5×10⁹ K? r³ = 3E/(4πaT⁴) = 3×10⁵¹/(4π × 7.566×10⁻¹⁵ × 6.25×10³⁸) = 5.0×10²⁵, r = 3.7×10⁸ cm = 3700 km. The bands scale as E1/3 in radius and E1/4 in temperature at fixed r — the energy slider in section 11b moves them accordingly.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the radiation energy density u = aT⁴ (radiation pressure); dimensions; the burning bands of explosive nucleosynthesis (imported from Woosley & Weaver). Symbols: E the explosion energy; r the radius of the shell reached by the shock; a = 7.566×10⁻¹⁵ erg cm⁻³ K⁻⁴; Tpeak(r) the diagnostic temperature.
1. Thermal radiation has energy density aT⁴. imported
2. Spread the explosion energy as radiation through the sphere inside r and solve for T; the units check (erg/(cm³ × erg cm⁻³ K⁻⁴) = K⁴). approximation
3. Scalings: at fixed radius T ∝ E1/4; the radius reached by a given temperature scales as E1/3; and T ∝ r−3/4 outward. identity
4. Numbers for E = 10⁵¹ erg (the example of ①). numerical
5. The bands (masses only): T ≳ 5 GK complete silicon burning to ⁵⁶Ni; 4–5 GK incomplete silicon burning; 3.3–4 GK explosive oxygen burning; 2.1–3.3 GK explosive neon/carbon burning; below, the presupernova composition is ejected unchanged. The page reads the model's own r(m) to convert the radii to ejected masses. imported
6. Why radiation-dominated is only roughly right: at 5 GK and 10⁷ g cm⁻³ the gas energy (3/2)nkT is comparable to aT⁴, and above ~10⁹ K electron–positron pairs add to the budget; the diagnostic is therefore accurate to tens of per cent in T, which the bands' widths reflect. numerical
Result: Tpeak(r) = (3E/4πar³)1/4. Derived: the formula and its scalings from u = aT⁴ under the stated crude assumption; Imported: the band temperatures; Calculated: the example radii and temperatures.
③ Applicability and source
Woosley & Weaver 1995; Thielemann, Nomoto & Hashimoto 1996. Real yields need the time the matter spends at temperature (≈ 0.3–1 s), the local Ye and a network; the ⁵⁶Ni mass used for the light curve is the archive's own value for exactly that reason.
Builds on: radiation energy density, dimensional analysis
Assumptions and validity: an extended hydrogen envelope (R ≳ 100 R☉, Menv ≳ 1 M☉) that expands homologously; the exponents follow from three scaling relations below; the prefactors are calibrated to radiation-hydrodynamics light curves (here Sukhbold et al. 2016's normalisation of the Popov/Kasen–Woosley scaling). Not applicable to stripped stars.
① In words
A Type II-P supernova shines for about a hundred days at nearly constant brightness. The shock leaves the huge envelope hot and ionised; as it expands it cools, and from the outside in the hydrogen recombines, becoming transparent. The photosphere is that recombination front, at a fixed temperature of about 6000 K, retreating inward through the expanding gas — so the emitting surface stays roughly the same size while the envelope grows, and the luminosity stays roughly constant until the front reaches the centre. The plateau lasts longer for heavier envelopes and is brighter for larger stars and bigger explosions, with the exponents worked out below.
Try it (E₅₁ = 1, M₁₀ = 1, R₅₀₀ = 1): L = 1.85×10⁴² erg s⁻¹ (5×10⁸ L☉) for 88 days; doubling the envelope mass lengthens the plateau by √2 and dims it by 1/√2; doubling the explosion energy brightens it by 25/6 = 1.8 and shortens it by 11 %.
② Step by step, every line
Start from: the kinetic energy of a homologously expanding uniform sphere (energy); adiabatic cooling of radiation (radiation pressure); black-body emission from the recombination front; the random-walk diffusion time (radiative diffusion); power laws. Symbols: E the explosion energy; M the envelope mass; R₀ the progenitor radius; v the expansion speed of the outer edge; R(t) = vt; Eth the thermal (radiation) energy store; Ti ≈ 6000 K the recombination temperature; ri the radius of the front; κ = 0.34 cm² g⁻¹; tp the plateau duration. Order-unity factors are dropped and restored by the calibration in the last step.
1. Kinetic energy of a uniform sphere expanding homologously (v(r) = v r/R): integrate ½v(r)² over the mass; the envelope coasts at v = √(10E/3M) and its radius grows as vt. identity
2. Energy budget: the shock deposits about half of E as heat, mostly radiation, which cools adiabatically as the sphere expands (Eth ∝ 1/R because radiation pressure does work); radiated over the plateau this gives the luminosity — and explains why compact progenitors make faint plateaus: most of their shock energy is spent on expansion. approximation
3. The recombination front sits where T = Ti and radiates as a black body of that temperature from radius ri. definition
4. When does the plateau end? Radiation escapes from the sphere inside the front only once the diffusion time through it is shorter than the age; for the mass M(ri/R)³ at density 3M/(4πR³) the random-walk time is κρri²/c, and setting it equal to tp with R = vtp gives the end of the plateau (order-unity geometric factors dropped). approximation
5. Eliminate ri and L: from step 3, ri² = L/(4πσTi⁴); insert step 2 for L, then step 4; finally insert v⁴ = 100E²/(9M²) from step 1. identity
6. Read off the exponents — exactly Popov's — for the duration, then for the luminosity through step 2 with v ∝ (E/M)1/2. identity
7. Toy numbers with κ = 0.34 cm² g⁻¹, Ti = 6000 K, E = 10⁵¹ erg, M = 10 M☉, R₀ = 500 R☉: the relations above give tp ≈ 67 d and L ≈ 1.3×10⁴² erg s⁻¹; the order-unity factors dropped in steps 2 and 4 are what the calibration fixes. numerical
8. The calibrated relations used by the page (Sukhbold et al. 2016's normalisation of the Kasen–Woosley fits to radiation-hydrodynamics light curves). Reading the exponents: mass mainly lengthens the plateau (more matter to recombine through); radius mainly brightens it (less adiabatic loss); energy brightens it strongly (E5/6) but barely changes its length, because a faster envelope both stores less and diffuses sooner. imported
Result: tp ∝ E−1/6M1/2R₀1/6 and L ∝ E5/6M−1/2R₀2/3. Derived: the exponents from three scaling relations; Imported (Measured or fitted): the prefactors 1.85×10⁴² erg s⁻¹ and 88 d, κ and Ti; Calculated: the uncalibrated toy numbers, which show the calibration is a factor of order unity.
③ Applicability and source
Popov 1993 (analytic), Kasen & Woosley 2009 (numerical calibration, L ∝ E5/6M−1/2R2/3), Sukhbold et al. 2016 (the normalisation used here, from their KEPLER light curves); Goldberg, Bildsten & Paxton 2019 discuss the degeneracies that make E, M and R hard to recover from a single light curve. Radioactive ⁵⁶Ni extends the plateau slightly (radioactive tail).
Builds on: radiation energy density, energy conservation, radiative diffusion, power laws